Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Hysan Development Co Ltd / FY2013 Annual Report

Hysan Development Co Ltd
Annual Report 2013

HYSNF · OTC Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker HYSNF
Exchange OTC
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Hysan Development Co Ltd
Loading PDF…
Today’s Progress, 
Tomorrow’s Foundation

Annual Report 2013

stock code 00014

THE ESSENTIAL READ AND WHY

4 
Vision, Mission and Values

6 
2013 financial and  
non-financial performance

10
A year in review and 2014 outlook

26
2013 market conditions

32
Results highlights including  
key performance indicators

34
Review of our core leasing segments

40
Report on financial position  
and management

44
Prudent treasury policy

50
Risk controls and management

60
Governance structure and  
the Board’s work in 2013

More information print and online
• corporate responsibility reporting with  

independent verification

• visit us at www.hysan.com.hk

Contents

1

Overview
4   Who We Are
Vision

4 
4  Mission
5 

Values

6   2013 Performance at a Glance
10   Chairman’s Statement

2

Strategy in Action
26   The Marketplace
30   The Hysan Community –  

Our Investment Property Portfolio
32   Management’s Discussion and Analysis

32  Review of Results 
34  Review of Operations 
40  Financial Review
44  Treasury Policy
Internal Controls and  
Risk Management Report

50 

3

Corporate Governance
56   Board of Directors
60  Corporate Governance Report
77  Directors’ Report
85  Directors’ Remuneration 
and Interests Report
93  Audit Committee Report

4

Financial Statements  
and Valuation
98  Directors’ Responsibility 

for the Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report

99 
100  Financial Statements
170  Five-Year Financial Summary
172  Report of the Valuer
173  Schedule of Principal Properties
175  Shareholding Analysis
176  Shareholder Information

Front cover photo:  
Looking beyond through Hysan Place office lobby skylight

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Today’s Progress, Tomorrow’s Foundation

Hysan experienced another successful year in 2013, both in terms of 

financial results and other achievements. While our core leasing business 

performed well, we also strengthened our competitiveness through 

effective asset enhancements, and realising our district vision for our 

home base of Lee Gardens. This unique and vibrant district was first 

developed exactly nine decades ago, and in our 2013 Annual Report,  

we pay tribute to this premium core of Hong Kong. Together with the 

accompanying Corporate Responsibility Report, this Annual Report 

showcases how we have been progressing and how our accomplishments 

form the foundation to build more successes for tomorrow.  

2

1 Overview

We begin by stating our vision, mission and 

values, which underpin everything we do.  

This section then highlights Hysan’s 2013 

financial and non-financial performance,  

while our Chairman’s Statement details  

our progress and explains the dynamics 

between our shorter and longer-term projects. 

3

4  Who We Are

4 

Vision

4  Mission

5 

Values

6 

2013 Performance at a Glance

10  Chairman’s Statement

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
4 Who We Are

Vision

Mission

To be the PREMIER  

Provide our stakeholders with 

property company that 

sustainable and outstanding 

is superior to its peers 

returns from a property 

in its market of choice.

portfolio which is strategically 

planned and managed by 

passionate, responsible and 

forward-looking professionals.

5

Values

Leadership
Excellence 
Empowerment
Good Citizenship
Accountability
Respect
Driving / Driven
Entrepreneurship
Networking
Sustainability

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW6

2013 Performance at a Glance
Financial Performance

Turnover

Recurring Underlying Profit

HK$3,063m

 +23.2%

HK$2,043m

 +26.0%

Retail Sector’s Revenue
HK$1,678m  +34.2%

(HK$ million)
1,800

8
7
6
1

,

0
5
2
1

,

8
4
6

0
0
7

9
8
7

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Recurring Underlying Profit
HK$2,043m  +26.0%

(HK$ million)
2,100

3
4
0
2

,

2
2
6
0 1
1
3
1

,

,

1,800

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

0
1
1
1

,

8
4
1
1

,

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

Office Sector’s Revenue
HK$1,085m  +19.5%

5
8
0
1

,

(HK$ million)
1,200

1,000

8
0
0 9
2
8

7
4
7

0
7
7

800

600

400

200

0

Recurring Underlying Earnings per Share
HK192.10 cents  +25.7%

(HK cents)
210

.

0
1
2
9
1

.

3
8
2
5
1

.

2
9
3
2
1

.

9
0
6
0
1

.

5
1
9
0
1

180

150

120

90

60

30

0

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

Residential Sector’s Revenue
HK$300m  -8.5%

(HK$ million)
350

5
8
2

4
9
2

8
2
3

3
1
3

0
0
3

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Dividends per Share
HK117 cents  +23.2%

7
1
1

5
9

(HK cents)
128

112

9
4 7

8 7
6

96

80

64

48

32

16

0

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

(HK$ million)

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

3

6

3

,

7

3

09

Cost

2

2

3

,

5

6

2

2

0

,

0

6

9

6

9

,

9

4

3

3

8

,

0

4

10

11

12

13

Valuation Surplus

6

2

3

,

3

6

3

2

1

,

8

5

3

5

7

,

8

4

7

7

6

,

0

4

6

1

2

,

7

3

4

5

.

9

5

8

6

.

4

0 5

0

.

6

4

1

6

.

8

3

2

4

.

5

3

(HK$ million)

72,000

64,000

56,000

48,000

40,000

32,000

24,000

16,000

8,000

0

(HK$)

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

7

Net Asset Value per Share
 +8.9%

HK$59.54

Property Value
HK$65,322m  +8.8%

(HK$ million)
70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

3
6
3
7
3

,

09

Cost

2
2
3
5
6

,

2
2
0
0
6

,

9
6
9
9
4

,

3
3
8
0
4

,

10

11

12

13

Valuation Surplus

Shareholders’ Funds
HK$63,326m  +9.0%

(HK$ million)
72,000

6
2
3
3
6

,

3
2
1
8
5

,

3
5
7
8
4

,

7
7
6
0
4

,

6
1
2
7
3

,

64,000

56,000

48,000

40,000

32,000

24,000

16,000

8,000

0

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

Net Asset Value per Share
HK$59.54  +8.9%

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

8

7

6

,

1

0

5

2

,

1

8

4

6

0

0

7

9

8

7

5

8

0

,

1

8

0

0 9

2

8

7

4

7

0

7

7

(HK$ million)

5

8

2

4

9

2

8

2

3

3

1

3

0

0

3

(HK$ million)

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

(HK$ million)

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

3

4

0

,

2

2

2

6

,

0 1

1

3

,

1

0

1

1

,

1

8

4

1

,

1

0

1

.

2

9

1

3

8

.

2

5

1

2

9

.

3

2

1

9

0

.

6

0

1

5

1

.

9

0

1

(HK cents)

128

112

7

1

1

5

9

9

4 7

8 7

6

(HK$ million)

2,100

1,800

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

(HK cents)

210

180

150

120

90

60

30

0

96

80

64

48

32

16

0

(HK$)
60

50

40

30

20

10

0

1
6
8
3

.

2
4
5
3

.

8
6
4
0 5
0
6
4

4
5
9
5

.

.

.

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

09

10

11

12

13

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW8 2013 Performance at a Glance

Non-Financial Performance

Governance

• Gold Award (Non-Hang Seng Index 

Large Market Capitalisation Category) 
in the Hong Kong Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants’ Best Corporate 
Governance Disclosure Awards 2013, 
which was Hysan’s eleventh Best 
Corporate Governance Disclosure 
Award since 2000

• Bronze Award (General Category) 
in The Hong Kong Management 
Association’s 2013 HKMA Best 
Annual Reports Awards

Environment

• Hysan Place awarded 
BEAM Plus Platinum 
certification for new 
buildings

• Also received Sustainable Design Award 

(New Development Category)  
in the International Council of  
Shopping Centers’ Asia Pacific  
Shopping Center Awards 2013

9

Industry Achievements

• Hysan Place won the 

• Also honoured with 

Urban Land Institute’s 
Global Awards for 
Excellence, one of only 
12 winners worldwide 
in 2013

Gold Award  
(New Development 
Category) in the 
International Council of 
Shopping Centers’ 
Asia Pacific Shopping 
Center Awards 2013 

Community

• Constituent member of 

• Awarded the 10 Years Plus  

FTSE4Good Index and Hang 
Seng Corporate Sustainability 
Index, two of the best known 
indices to track responsible 
business practices in the world

Caring Company Logo by The  
Hong Kong Council of Social Service 
in recognition of Hysan’s efforts 
towards promoting corporate  
social responsibility

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW10 Chairman’s Statement

Year in Review

Hong Kong’s economy saw moderate growth in 2013. Its retail leasing market continued to 

benefit from resilient local and tourist consumption. Grade “A” office leasing market 

remained stable due to limited supply largely offsetting weak demand. Rental levels in core 

areas, including Causeway Bay, were also stable.

Business Performance

The Group’s 2013 turnover was HK$3,063 million (2012: HK$2,486 million), representing 

a year-on-year increase of 23.2% with Hysan Place’s first full year contribution. 11.4% 

growth was recorded in the rest of the portfolio. Occupancy of retail, office and residential 

sectors at year-end 2013 stood at 95%, 87% and 82% respectively. If excluding Sunning 

Plaza and Sunning Court being vacated for a combined redevelopment project, the 

occupancy rates would be 96%, 98% and 92% respectively. 

Recurring Underlying Profit, the key measurement of our core leasing business 

performance, was up 26.0% to HK$2,043 million (2012: HK$1,622 million). This again 

reflected Hysan Place’s contribution and the increase in revenue generated from our retail 

and office leasing activities. Our Underlying Profit, which excludes unrealised changes in 

fair value of investment properties, was also HK$2,043 million (2012: HK$1,622 million). 

Strong performance in these two profit indicators primarily reflected the improvement in 

gross profit generated from our core leasing activities, as the Group normalised the 

property expenses at HK$405 million (2012: HK$423 million) for 2013 and the expense 

ratio at 13.2% (2012: 17.0%) of turnover for 2013 after the opening of Hysan Place.  

Basic earnings per share based on Recurring Underlying Profit correspondingly rose to 

HK192.10 cents (2012: HK152.83 cents), up 25.7%.

11

Our Reported Profit for 2013 was HK$6,158 million (2012: HK$9,955 million), principally 

due to a smaller fair value gain on the Group’s investment properties valuation recorded 

this year. Fair value gain recorded in 2012 also reflected a higher valuation for Hysan Place 

after construction completion. At year-end 2013, the external valuation of the Group’s 

investment property portfolio increased by 8.8% to HK$65,322 million (2012: HK$60,022 

million), reflecting improved rentals for our portfolio. Shareholder’s Fund increased by 9.0% 

to HK$63,326 million (2012: HK$58,123 million).

Our financial position remains strong, with net interest coverage of 15.4 times (2012: 16.8 

times) and net debt to equity ratio of 5.3% (2012: 6.2%). Moody’s upgraded the Group’s 

credit rating from Baa1 to A3 in May 2013 to reflect the stable recurring income of the 

Group. Standard and Poor’s rating of the Group is BBB+.

Dividends

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) declares a second interim dividend of HK95 cents per 

share (2012: HK78 cents). Together with the first interim dividend of HK22 cents per share 

(2012: HK17 cents), there is an aggregate distribution of HK117 cents per share, 

representing a year-on-year increase of 23.2%. The dividend will be payable in cash.

Lee Gardens: The Premier District for Retail and Offices

During the year under review, Hysan continues to define Lee Gardens district as the 

premium core of Causeway Bay, and indeed, of Hong Kong. With top-class facilities for 

retailers and other businesses, Lee Gardens in Causeway Bay continues to strengthen its 

position as a unique work, lifestyle and shopping destination. During 2013, we have 

enhanced and energised our different hubs within the district: 

The Lee Theatre hub, our western gateway, is positioned to carry a more urban lifestyle 

edge. The completion of Lee Theatre Plaza’s refurbishment in 2013, with new lower zone 

flagship stores, created the desired tenant mix and the result was reflected in the mall’s 

financial returns, as well as marked improvement in its visitors traffic. 

Turning to the northern part of our portfolio, Hysan Place has secured a reputation as  

Hong Kong’s major retail attraction in its first year of operation. It won the Urban Land 

Institute’s Global Awards for Excellence, as well as International Shopping Center Awards’ 

Asia Pacific New Development Gold Award in recognition of its design and development.  

The office portion of this iconic building, now also well-known for its top sustainability 

credentials, has attracted major international businesses, and was fully occupied by the 

end of the year in review. 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW12

Chairman’s Statement

The Lee Gardens hub completes the district with its luxury premium retail space, as well as 

prestigious Grade “A” office. Within this hub, the combined development of Sunning Plaza 

and Sunning Court is progressing well and the mixed-use office and retail redevelopment 

project is on schedule for its anticipated completion by 2018. We continue to carry out 

renovations at parts of Lee Gardens Two, to be completed in 2014, further enhancing the 

shopping and dining experience there.

We have further sharpened the brand identity of 

 to emphasize our district’s 

uniqueness. Strong visual connectivity clearly defines the area for visitors to the district.  

A great array of events and activities took place within Lee Gardens district also in the past 

year to highlight the district’s dynamism and reinforce its identity. These culminated in the 

much celebrated heritage exhibition, “Lee Gardens On Stage since 1923”, towards the end 

of 2013, commemorating Lee Gardens development in the past 90 years. 

While we continue to refine Lee Gardens as the must-visit district, we steadfastly remain 
committed to being the premier property company that is superior to its peers in its market 
of choice, as clearly stated in our corporate vision. In everything we do, we will remain 
proactive, driven, progressive and strategic, while maintaining our core values of integrity, 
professionalism and being a responsible business.

Our Community

We take pride in being a responsible business, and we strive to minimise our environmental 

impact on the community. Our efforts were well recognised both locally and internationally. 

Among the recognitions was the aforementioned Urban Land Institute’s Global Awards for 

Excellence bestowed upon Hysan Place. The project was one of only 12 developments in 

the world to receive the award in 2013. We are most proud to be honoured by what is 

widely known as the property development industry’s most prestigious awards programme, 

which recognises superior development efforts based on good design, leadership, 

contribution to the community, innovations, public/private partnerships, environmental 

protections and enhancement, response to societal needs, and financial success. To this 

end, Hysan Place also won International Shopping Center Award’s Asia Pacific Sustainable 

Design Award.

13

We will, of course, not rest on our laurels. We will continue to strive to care for the 

environment and our community who experience, visit, shop, work, not just in one building, 

but in the Lee Gardens district in general.

For our contributions throughout the past year, please refer to our Corporate Responsibility 

Report 2013 for more information.

Outlook

Hong Kong’s economy is likely to continue to see moderate growth during 2014. Improving 

global economy and resilient local private consumption should benefit our balanced retail 

and office portfolio. We have in place an asset enhancement programme for our property 

portfolio. We strive to balance and provide steady capital and revenue growth by 

underpinning our large projects of longer durations, such as the combined Sunning site 

redevelopment, with other asset enhancement projects that produce more immediate 

returns. For 2014, we expect our overall performance to be steady.

Appreciation

I would like to thank our management team and our staff for their hard work throughout the 

year to achieve the set of successful results. I would also like to thank my fellow directors 

for their commitment and contribution, and look forward to working with everyone in 2014 

to accomplish even more.

Irene Yun Lien LEE
Chairman

Hong Kong, 7 March 2014

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWLee Gardens,  
the unique  
work, lifestyle  
and shopping 
destination

Lee Gardens was born in 1923 when the 
Lee family purchased the then East Point Hill 
from an established British trading company 
and set up an amusement park. It is now 
the triangular heart of Causeway Bay,  
a world-renowned commercial district. Day or 
night, whether you are strolling along tree-lined 
Hysan Avenue admiring the latest couture, 
enjoying the perfect work-life balance offerings 

in a Hysan Place office, or sipping tea in a 
sophisticated Lee Theatre eatery, you can sense 
the area’s difference: the classic yet progressive 
mood, perhaps. Lee Gardens is a district that is 
steeped in Hong Kong’s history yet moves to a 
contemporary rhythm at all hours of the day.  
It perfectly echoes Hysan’s own core values 
blending integrity and responsibility with 
professionalism and progressiveness. 

Hysan Annual Report 2013A vibrant retail 
triangle with 
contrasting  
styles

Lee Gardens’ retail triangle offers a 
unique experience through diversity, 
contrast and variety, being home to 
luxury street shops, hip and trendy 
malls, as well as urban lifestyle  
image stores. These are complemented 
by elegant restaurants, laid-back  
cafes and old Hong Kong eateries 
offering a broad range of styles and 
price-points. The area also offers a 
fabulous shopping environment set  
in a triangle of thoughtful, contrasting 
architecture against a bustling but  
lush landscape. You see it, feel it  
and breathe it: it is simply part of  
your lifestyle. 

Hysan Annual Report 2013Perfect from 9 to 5 and 
even better after 5

Lee Gardens Offices is a perfect choice for 
companies that want to best manage the cost-
benefit of their office space, and care about  
the work-life balance of their employees. It offers  
Grade “A” office space and amenities comparable to 
Central and Admiralty which reflects top value for 
price paid, and has excellent transportation that 
connects the centre of Hong Kong to the rest of the 
city. Lee Gardens provides an ever-changing variety 
of food and entertainment for staff and clients during 
work hours, and for friends and family after hours.

Hysan Annual Report 2013A successful and 
responsible business

Hysan strives to be both successful  
and responsible, encapsulating the  
“triple bottom line” in financial, environmental 
and social performances. This belief underlies 
our aim to develop Lee Gardens into a 
sustainable community, a choice location  
for people to live and work, both now and  
into the future. Hysan Place, for example,  
is Hong Kong’s most sustainable commercial 
building, winning accolades both locally and 
internationally. Its Urban Farm is a unique 
organic oasis that serves as a green 
educational tool. One building does not make 
a community, however, and we will continue to 
explore ways to ensure that the district is 
developed in a responsible way. 

Hysan Annual Report 2013Today’s progress,  
tomorrow’s 
foundation 

Hysan is committed to continually 
enhancing the asset value of our 
investment property portfolio through 
repositioning, refurbishment and 
redevelopment. The combined 
Sunning Plaza and Sunning Court 
redevelopment project is well 
underway, and is scheduled for 
completion around 2018. This and 
other forthcoming asset enhancement 
projects will help establish  
Lee Gardens as the heartbeat of  
Hong Kong. 

Hysan Annual Report 201324

2

Strategy in Action

This section focuses first on Hong Kong’s 

economy and property market dynamics.  

We then provide details on how we operated 

in 2013 within this macro-environment,  

with an analysis of our overall performance, 

our finance and how we manage risks. 

25

26  The Marketplace

30  The Hysan Community –  

Our Investment Property Portfolio

32  Management’s Discussion 

and Analysis

32  Review of Results 

34  Review of Operations

40  Financial Review

44  Treasury Policy

50 

Internal Controls and 
Risk Management Report

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
26

The Marketplace

Hong Kong Economy 
The Hong Kong economy expanded moderately in 2013 with a growth rate of 2.9% recorded 
for the full year, driven by a slight improvement in all sectors of the economy. Private and 
government consumption remained resilient, with increases of 4.2% and 2.7% respectively, 
supported by the favourable employment and income environment. Investment spending 
registered a moderate growth of 3.3%, with a pick-up in the growth of large-scale public 
sector infrastructure works offsetting a decline in private sector construction activity. 
Exports of goods showed a growth of 6.7%, which included exports of gold. Exports of 
services also improved by 5.8%, attributable to the expansion of inbound tourism.

Real Gross Domestic Product*

Year-on-year % change

8

6

4

2

0

-2

-4

6.8%

4.8%

2.9%

1.5%

-2.5%

09

10

11

12

13

* In chained (2011) dollars
Source: Census and Statistics Department (data as of March 2014)

Retail
Retail sales continued to record a moderation of annual growth (11.0%) in 2013, a 
phenomenon similar to that of 2012 (9.8%). The growth came mainly from the first half of 
the year, which reflected robust sales in new models of electronic goods and computers, 
and in gold related jewellery, which was in turn induced by a drop in gold prices. However, 
the growth momentum slowed somewhat in the latter half of the year.

Despite the subsequent cooling down in gold purchases, retail sales in department stores 
and medicines and cosmetics shops continued to witness stable growth throughout the 
year. Mainland China visitors, whose arrivals increased by 16.7% in 2013, maintained 
shopping focus on daily necessities and general merchandise.

27

In this context, some retail categories recorded good year-on-year growth, including other 
consumer durable goods (up 43.9%, which included computers), jewellery, watches and 
clocks and valuable gifts (up 22.9%), department stores (up 17.7%) and medicines and 
cosmetics (up 11.9%).

Hong Kong Total Retail Sales

Total Number of Visitors

HK$ billion

Year-on-year % change

Million

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

406

24.9%

494

445

11.0%

9.8%

325

18.3%

275

0.6%

09

10

11

12

13

Total Retail Sales

Year-on-year % change

32

28

24

20

16

12

8

4

0

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

54
25.0%

75.0%

49
28.2%

71.8%

42

33.0%

67.0%

36

37.0%

63.0%

30

39.3%

60.7%

09

10

11

12

13

Number of Other Visitors

Number of Mainland China Visitors

Source: Census and Statistics Department (data as of March 2014)

Source: Hong Kong Tourism Board (data as of March 2014)

Demand for retail premises in prime shopping centres remained largely intact in spite of 
the moderation of retail sales growth. Coupled with a limited supply pipeline, rents 
continued to edge higher. According to Jones Lang LaSalle, there was only one major prime 
retail development (totaling around 217,000 square feet) completed in 2013. For the whole 
year, rents for premium prime shopping centres increased by 5.6%.

Premium Prime Shopping Centre Rental Index (2009 Q4=100)

Index

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
11

09

12

10

13

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle (data as of March 2014)

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW28

The Marketplace

Office
The external economic environment contributed to a slowdown in the Grade “A” office 
market in 2013. As global business conditions remained uncertain, most multinational 
corporate tenants continued to show reluctance to enter into an expansionary phase.  
New lettings were largely bolstered by smaller-sized office requirements or companies 
undergoing ‘rightsizing’, while tenants with larger floor plate needs opted for decentralised 
locations due to cost-saving considerations. 

According to Jones Lang LaSalle, new Grade “A” office supply totalled 1.1 million square 
feet in 2013, with the majority (96%) of the space located in decentralised areas.  
Moreover, the new supply level was far lower than the average of last 10 years (1.9 million 
square feet), and also lower than the average annual take-up (2.1 million square feet) of 
the same period.

Vacancy rate fell in Causeway Bay/Wanchai, while it remained stable in Hong Kong East and 
Central, compared to 2012. On the other hand, Kowloon East recorded a rising vacancy 
rate due to a large completion of new supply. 

Among the Grade “A” office sub-markets, Central’s rents dropped 1.1% during 2013 in view 
of slower demand from financial institutions. All other sub-markets remained stable. 
Causeway Bay/Wanchai recorded an annual rental growth of 1.4%. 

Grade “A” Office Vacancy Rate in 2012 and 2013

Grade “A” Office Rental Value

%

10

8

6

4

2

0

7.8%

4.4%

4.5%

4.6%

3.8%

3.0%

3.2%

2.2%

1.6%1.6%

Central

Causeway Bay/
Wanchai

Tsim Sha Tsui

Hong Kong
East

Kowloon East

HK$ per Square Foot

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
11

13

12

10

09

2012

2013

Central

Causeway Bay/Wanchai

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle (data as of March 2014) 

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle (data as of March 2014)

29

Luxury Residential
Leasing demand for luxury residential properties remained soft. The level of new expatriate 
family arrivals from the financial sector, traditionally the largest tenant group, continued to 
be low. Furthermore, tightening corporate housing budgets drove tenants to trade down  
the market. 

During the year, leases were concluded with a diversified tenant mix, which saw more 
tenants from the non-financial sectors. Local relocation of expatriates was comparatively 
more active than new arrivals from overseas. Overall, luxury residential rents decreased by 
3.3% in 2013, according to Jones Lang LaSalle. 

Luxury Residential Rental Index (2009 Q4=100)

Index

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

80

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
11

09

10

13

12

Source: Jones Lang LaSalle (data as of March 2014)

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW30

The Hysan Community –  
Our Investment Property Portfolio

Our investment property portfolio totals some 4.5 million 
gross square feet of high quality office, retail and residential 
space in Hong Kong. This includes Sunning Plaza and Sunning 
Court, which are currently under redevelopment.

BAMBOO
GROVE

HYSAN PLACE

Grade “A”
Offices

Lee Gardens 
Retail Hub

Hysan Place 

Residential

Lee Theatre 
Retail Hub

LEE THEATRE 
PLAZA

LEIGHTON
CENTRE

ONE HYSAN
AVENUE

THE LEE GARDENS/
LEE GARDENS ONE

LEE GARDENS 
TWO/
CAROLINE 
CENTRE

18 HYSAN
AVENUE

Under
redevelopment

111 
LEIGHTON 
ROAD

Not to scale

OFFICE

RETAIL

Our office portfolio’s Grade “A” offices provide a core location  
with premium facilities and prestige for tenants and their clients.  
Our Grade “A” office positioning has been strengthened by  
Hysan Place’s world-class building specifications. Other office 
buildings offer quality office space for tenants’ diversified use.

Hysan Place is the hip and trendy home of a number of major 
flagship stores. The Lee Gardens hub provides elegant and luxury 
premium retail spaces for high-end brands. The Lee Theatre hub  
is home to urban fashion and lifestyle shops, as well as  
renowned restaurants. 

HENNESSYROADSOGOCROSSHARBOURTUNNELTimes SquareLEE GARDEN ROADHYSAN AVENUELEIGHTON ROADPERCIVAL STREETMid-LevelsCENTRALABERDEENTUNNELNORTHPOINTYUN PING ROAD31

LEE THEATRE PLAZA
99 Percival Street, Causeway Bay

Like its predecessor, Lee Theatre, the Lee 
Theatre Plaza is a Hong Kong landmark, 
being one of the city’s best known shopping 
and dining complexes, housing many stylish 
and chic international fashion and lifestyle 
brands as well as restaurants.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 317,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 26  
Completed 1994  
Renovation of lower zone completed in 2013

LEIGHTON CENTRE
77 Leighton Road, Causeway Bay

This office and retail complex enjoys close 
proximity to all forms of public transport.  
Its central location in the Causeway Bay area 
makes it a much sought-after address. Its 
completed renovation in 2011 has given a 
fresh look to its office lobby, while the retail 
podium has become a stylish shopping venue 
of international brands.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 430,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 28 / Parking Spaces 321  
Completed 1977 / Renovations completed 2011

ONE HYSAN AVENUE
1 Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay

Located at the junction of three busy  
streets in the heart of Causeway Bay, this 
office and retail complex enjoys a prime 
location. Its retail floors house a popular 
fashion flagship store.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 169,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 26  
Completed 1976 / Renovations completed 2011

BAMBOO GROVE
74–86 Kennedy Road, Mid-Levels

A luxury residential complex in the  
Mid-Levels, Bamboo Grove commands 
panoramic views of the harbour and the 
greenery of the Peak, and is well served by  
a multitude of public transport. In addition to 
superb property management services and 
full club-house and sports facilities, tenants 
also enjoy personalised resident services 
that help ensure a comfortable stay.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 691,000 ft2  
Number of Units 345 / Parking Spaces 436  
Completed 1985 / Renovated 2002

SUNNING PLAZA/SUNNING COURT
COMBINED REDEVELOPMENT
Causeway Bay

A future office and retail complex under 
redevelopment.

HYSAN PLACE
500 Hennessy Road, Causeway Bay

Hysan Place includes 15 floors of Grade “A” 
offices and 17 floors of retail outlets. 
Situated at the northern gateway of Hysan’s 
portfolio, Hysan Place offers full harbour view 
offices, a shopping mall of exciting tenant 
mix and green building features that conform 
to the highest international sustainability 
standards. 
Approx. Gross Floor Area: 716,000 ft2  
Number of Floors 40 / Parking Spaces 66 
Completed 2012

THE LEE GARDENS/LEE GARDENS ONE
33 Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay

This property comprises an office tower and 
the high-end Lee Gardens One shopping 
centre. The development, close to the MTR 
Causeway Bay station, enjoys spectacular 
views of the Harbour and Happy Valley and is 
home to many international corporations, 
luxury fashion brands and renowned 
restaurants.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 900,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 53 / Parking Spaces 200  
Completed 1997

LEE GARDENS TWO/CAROLINE CENTRE
28 Yun Ping Road, Causeway Bay

This office and retail complex is conveniently 
linked to the neighbouring The Lee Gardens/
Lee Gardens One. The Caroline Centre office 
tower is home to many international 
corporations, whereas the shopping centre 
offers luxury fashion brands and a children’s 
concept floor.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 627,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 34 / Parking Spaces 167  
Completed 1992 / Renovation of retail podium 2003

18 HYSAN AVENUE
18 Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay

18 Hysan Avenue is a 25-level office and 
retail complex at the corner of Hysan Avenue. 
The building boasts a bright and spacious 
lobby.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 132,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 25  
Completed 1989 / Renovated 2009

111 LEIGHTON ROAD
111 Leighton Road, Causeway Bay

Located in a pleasant and quieter area in 
the heart of Causeway Bay, 111 Leighton 
Road is an ideal office location offering 
convenience as well as privacy. The retail 
shops include some luxurious furniture and 
household appliances brands.
Approx. Gross Floor Area 80,000 ft2 
Number of Floors 24  
Completed 1988 / Renovated 2004

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW32 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Hysan is principally engaged, together with its subsidiaries and associates, in investment, 
development, marketing and management of quality properties in prime locations, and the 
Group’s turnover and results are primarily derived from leasing of investment properties 
located in Hong Kong. Our investment property interests totaled some 4.5 million gross 
square feet of high-quality retail, office and residential space in Hong Kong.

Review of Results
The Group’s turnover continued to record growth and reached HK$3,063 million in 2013, 
representing an increase of 23.2% from HK$2,486 million in 2012. The rise reflected 
Hysan Place retail’s first full year contribution, full occupancy of its offices since third 
quarter of 2013 and the increase in revenue generated by the rest of our portfolio.  
The turnover of each sector is shown as below:

Retail sector
Office sector
Residential sector

2013
HK$ million

2012
HK$ million

Change
HK$ million

1,678
1,085
300
3,063

1,250
908
328
2,486

428
177
(28)
577

Change
%

+34.2
+19.5
-8.5
+23.2

Recurring Underlying Profit, arrived at by excluding the fair value change of investment 
properties and items that are non-recurring in nature (such as gains or losses on disposal 
of long-term assets; impairment or its reversal; and tax provisions for prior years) was 
HK$2,043 million, up 26.0% from HK$1,622 million in 2012. Our Underlying Profit, arrived 
at by excluding the fair value change of investment properties, was also HK$2,043 million 
(2012: HK$1,622 million). Strong performance in these two profit indicators primarily 
reflected the improvement in gross profit generated from our core leasing activities, as the 
Group managed to normalise the property expenses at HK$405 million (2012: HK$423 
million) for 2013 and the expense ratio at 13.2% (2012: 17%) of turnover for 2013 after 
the opening of Hysan Place. Basic earnings per share based on Recurring Underlying Profit 
correspondingly rose to HK192.10 cents (2012: HK152.83 cents).

Our Reported Profit for 2013 was HK$6,158 million (2012: HK$9,955 million), principally 
due to a smaller fair value gain on the Group’s investment properties valuation recorded 
this year. Fair value gain recorded in 2012 also reflected a higher valuation for Hysan Place 
after construction completion. 

Recurring Underlying Profit
Underlying Profit
Fair value change on investment 
  properties located in
  – Hong Kong
  – Shanghai*
Reported Profit

2013
HK$ million

2012
HK$ million

Change
HK$ million

2,043
2,043

1,622
1,622

421
421

4,043
72
6,158

8,210
123
9,955

(4,167)
(51)
(3,797)

Change
%

+26.0
+26.0

-50.8
-41.5
-38.1

*  The investment properties are held by an associate of the Group.

 
 
33

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

While many factors contributed to the results of the Group’s businesses, turnover 
growth and occupancy rate are the key drivers used by the Group’s management for 
assessment of the performance of our core leasing business. In addition, the 
management uses property expenses and such expenses as a percentage of turnover 
to assess cost effectiveness. The nature of these performance indicators, the way 
they are measured and their significance to the Group are set out below.

Turnover Growth

Occupancy Rate

Property Expenses Ratio

Definition

The percentage change in 
rental revenue in 2013 over 
2012

The percentage of area leased 
over total lettable area of each 
sector

Property expenses as a 
percentage of turnover

Measurement

How well the Group utilises and 
prices its revenue-earning 
assets

How effective the Group 
manages its assets to produce 
revenue

How efficient is the Group’s 
business operations

Performance

Ratio improved in 2013 as a 
result of the normalisation of 
Hysan Place property expenses 
following its opening

Property Expenses Ratio

13.2%

(17.0% for 2012)

•	Hysan Place’s first full year 

•	Retail occupancy principally 

contribution

•	Healthy growth in commercial 
properties offset turnover 
decline in residential sector 
which was partly impacted by 
Sunning Court being vacated 
for redevelopment

•	About one-third of all 

commercial leases, which 
were renewed, re-let, or 
subject to rent review during 
the year, achieved an average 
of around 50% increase in 
rental level

reflected renovations at parts 
of Lee Gardens Two

•	Office occupancy remained 

strong, excluding the impact 
of combined Sunning Plaza 
and Sunning Court 
redevelopment

•	Hysan Place offices fully 

occupied as of September 
2013

•	Residential maintained 
occupancy, if excluding 
Sunning Court being vacated 
for redevelopment, amidst 
weak rental housing demand

Retail Sector

+34.2%

(+58.4% for 2012)

Office Sector

+19.5%

(+10.7% for 2012)

Retail Sector

95%

at year-end 2013
(93% at year-end 2012)

Excluding Sunning Plaza:
96% at year-end 2013

Office Sector

87%

at year-end 2013
(91% at year-end 2012)

Excluding Sunning Plaza:
98% at year-end 2013

Residential Sector

Residential Sector

- 8.5%

(+4.8% for 2012)

82%

at year-end 2013
(92% at year-end 2012)

Excluding Sunning Court:
92% at year-end 2013

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW34 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Review of Operations
As at 31 December 2013, about 82% of the Group’s investment properties by gross floor 
area were retail and office properties in Causeway Bay, and the remaining 18% was 
residential. With its geographical location and dominance in the Lee Gardens area, the 
Group pursues a differentiating strategy to market its commercial space with an objective 
to creating a unique district of “Business of Life” where synergy exists among the retail and 
office tenancies on one hand, and among various offerings to its customer groups on the 
other. Both the retail and office sectors recorded healthy growth during the year, while the 
residential sector registered a decline due partly to the impact of a property being vacated 
for redevelopment. Currently, the retail sector is the largest contributor to the Group’s 
turnover at around 55%, followed by the office and residential sectors. The area and 
turnover share of each sector are as follows:

Gross Floor Area*
4.5 million sq.ft.

Turnover
HK$3,063 million

18%

52%

30%

10%
35%

55%

Residential

Office

Retail

* As at 31 December 2013

Their respective strategies and contribution to the Group’s performance are discussed in 
detail below:

RETAIL SECTOR

Hysan owns, markets and manages 1.3 million gross square feet of prime retail space in 
Causeway Bay. Its retail portfolio, which consists of three geographically separate hubs of 
retailers at different price points, is positioned to differentiate itself from the typical shopping 
malls by offering a unique experience with diversity, variety and contrast under the 

 brand. It is a multi-faceted yet integrated shopping environment that 

combines a host of street-front shops with shopping malls of different characteristics, and is 
complemented by a vibrant streetscape and a low-rise local neighbourhood. Together with a 
plethora of merchandise, service, as well as food and beverage offerings, this creates a unique 
and diversified shopping and lifestyle experience for our different target customer groups. 

35

Each of the three hubs of the Hysan Retail Triangle accounts for about one-third of the 
Group’s retail space, and they are:

Hysan 
Place

Lee 
Gardens 
Hub

Lee 
Theatre 
Hub

•	Hysan Place, a 17-storey vertical mall, is the winner of the Urban Land Institute’s 

Global Awards for Excellence and the International Council of Shopping Centers Asia 
Pacific Shopping Center’s Gold Award for design and development. It is positioned as 
“hip and trendy” to target younger age groups. It also attracts new shoppers to 
Causeway Bay as it is connected directly to the MTR. Hysan Place is home to the 
unique Taiwanese bookstore eslite, Apple’s largest flagship store in Hong Kong, as 
well as T Galleria by DFS, Gap, Hollister and many more.

•	Lee Gardens hub (comprising Lee Gardens One, Lee Gardens Two and 18 Hysan 
Avenue) provides elegant and luxury premium retail spaces, set along a tree-lined 
environment with many street-front shops, and targets high-end shoppers both locally 
and from abroad. Among the luxurious brands at Lee Gardens hub are Bottega Veneta, 
Bvlgari, Cartier, Chanel, Christian Dior, Gucci, Hermes, Louis Vuitton, Piaget, Tod’s, 
Valentino, Van Cleef & Arpels, and many others. 

•	Lee Theatre hub (comprising Lee Theatre Plaza, Leighton Centre and One Hysan 

Avenue) at the western boundary of the Lee Gardens district and adjacent to another 
popular shopping hub around Times Square, is home to urban fashion and lifestyle 
shops and a great variety of restaurants. In 2013 Lee Theatre Plaza’s renovations 
were completed with the opening of several flagship stores in the lower floor zone of 
the 22-storey retail and restaurant vertical mall, which were complemented by a new 
open piazza. Lee Theatre hub houses the mega-flagship stores of Aland, I.T., Jack 
Wills, Muji, Sasa Supreme, Uniqlo, and others. 

Retail sector revenue increased by 34.2% to HK$1,678 million (2012: HK$1,250 million), 
including turnover rent of HK$106 million (2012: HK$104 million). This reflected mainly 
Hysan Place mall’s first full year contribution, as well as the renovated Lee Theatre Plaza 
lower zone’s contributions. In addition, there was positive rental reversion, an average 
increase of around 50% in rent for renewals, rent reviews and new leases which became 
effective during the year, as compared to existing leases. There was continuous 
improvement in the tenant mix within our retail portfolio. During the year, retail space 
subject to rental renegotiation accounted for about one-third of the total lease portfolio. 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWHENNESSYROADLEE GARDEN   ROADHYSAN AVENUELEIGHTON ROADPERCIVAL STREETYUN PINGROAD18 HYSANAVENUELEE GARDENS TWOUnderredevelopmentLEE GARDENSONEONE HYSANAVENUELEIGHTONCENTRELEE THEATRE PLAZATimes Square111 LEIGHTON ROAD36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The overall retail portfolio occupancy was 95% as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 
2012: 93%). If excluding Sunning Plaza which was being vacated for redevelopment, 
occupancy was 96%. The vacancy mainly reflected the renovation of parts of Lee Gardens 
Two, which is to be completed in the second quarter of 2014, as part of our asset 
enhancement strategy. 

During the festive days of December 2013, visitors to our retail portfolio averaged around 
150,000 per day. We aim to attract both local shoppers and overseas visitors, with no 
undue dependence on any particular group. During 2013, local shoppers accounted for 
around 60% of estimated tenant sales in the portfolio.

Hysan Place saw its first full year of retail operation and remained a Hong Kong retail 
landmark. The shopping mall hosted many popular marketing activities throughout the year, 
including a Rugby Sevens promotion, Iron Man film tie-ins, and open-air theatre 
performances. A recent survey conducted among more than a thousand Hysan Place 
shoppers showed an overwhelming majority (73%) either agreed or strongly agreed with the 
proposition that the mall was a “hip and trendy” shopping destination.

Lee Gardens luxury hub welcomed several new brands during the year, including Elie Saab, 
Enoteca and Moncler. The Group also leased a 20,000 square feet two storey flagship 
store to Ralph Lauren to house both its women and men’s fashion lines, with an opening 
slated for the second half of 2014. 

Lee Theatre Plaza saw the opening of new flagship stores that have fully occupied the lower 
zone since the second quarter of 2013. The installing of apparel retailers with a broader 
consumer appeal instead of high-end luxury products here has proved to be a right move to 
create a balanced tenant mix for the entire portfolio, especially in face of the normalisation 
in visitors’ spending. The complex has become the heart of an urban lifestyle image zone 
known as the Lee Theatre hub, our western gateway.

 district brand was reflected in our enhanced retail 

The refining of 
offerings and increased varieties within the area, and was complemented with clear and 
multi-dimensional visual connectivity. There were also well-supported marketing and 
promotional activities for the entire district, including the “Lee Gardens On Stage since 
1923” heritage exhibition, which highlighted Lee Gardens’ development over the past 90 
years. More marketing and promotional activities will be held to promote the 

 brand in 2014.

37

OFFICE SECTOR

Hysan owns, markets and manages 2.3 million gross square feet of premium office space 
in Causeway Bay. Its Grade “A” office portfolio includes Hysan Place, The Lee Gardens, 
Caroline Centre and 18 Hysan Avenue, while Sunning Plaza is vacated for redevelopment. 
The portfolio is positioned to be a credible alternative to Central and Admiralty, and perfect 
for companies that want to best manage cost-benefit of their office space and put high 
priority on the work-life balance of their employees. Hysan Place is certified at the highest 
Platinum level for the United States Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and 
Environmental Design (USGBC LEED) and in 2013, also certified at Platinum level for the 
Hong Kong Building Environmental Assessment Method (BEAM Plus standard). Significantly, 
Hysan Place was honoured to receive the Urban Land Institute’s Global Awards of 
Excellence, one of only twelve global winners for this top property development award. 
Other office buildings in the portfolio, including One Hysan Avenue, 111 Leighton Road and 
Leighton Centre, all offer quality office space for tenant use. 

In 2013, with its top-class offices at Hysan Place, the Group succeeded in attracting a 
U.S.-based international law firm, Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton, and National Australia 
Bank to relocate from Central and Admiralty respectively. Together with the already tenanted 
KPMG, these moves highlighted top tenants chose Causeway Bay and that it is gaining 
traction to be considered as a credible alternative to Central as an office destination. 

Our office sector’s revenue grew 19.5% to HK$1,085 million (2012: HK$908 million). This 
principally reflected positive rental reversion, an average increase of around 50% in rent on 
renewals, reviews and new lettings which became effective during the year, as compared to 
existing leases, which were mainly concluded during the relatively weaker market of 2010. 
It also reflected Hysan Place’s additional contributions with full occupancy achieved in 
September of 2013. Sunning Plaza’s tenants began vacating for the site’s future  
redevelopment in the fourth quarter of 2013 and the building was completely vacated by 
the end of the year in review. The Group made great efforts to successfully relocate many 
of these tenants in other office premises within our portfolio.

Our overall office portfolio occupancy was 87% on 31 December 2013 (31 December 
2012: 91%). If excluding Sunning Plaza which was being vacated for redevelopment, the 
occupancy was a strong 98%. Hysan Place’s office space was fully occupied as of the end 
of 2013.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The top four industry groups represented around 54.5% of our office tenant mix, namely 
insurance, professional and consulting, high-end retailers, and banking and finance. The 
overall tenant portfolio is balanced and no single category takes up more than 20% of total 
lettable area. Hysan will continue to actively manage tenancy profile. The chart below 
illustrates the office portfolio tenant profile as analysed by area occupied:

Office Tenant Profile by Area Occupied as at Year-end

19.8%

16.0%

18.7%

18.2%

5.2%

5.5%

5.9%

2013

13.8%

12.6%

9.1%

12.1%

4.8%

4.9%

6.1%

2012

14.6%

8.1%

12.8%

11.8%

Insurance

Professional and Consulting

High-end Retailers

Banking and Finance

Semi-retail

Marketing

Information Technology

Consumer Products

Others

With factors like excellent transportation connecting Causeway Bay to the rest of the city, 
as well as the increasing variety of amenities for staff and clients during work hours and 
families after hours, the portfolio provides a total Grade “A” office experience. This helps 
tenant companies demonstrate great value due to their location in the area, and achieve 
higher productivity, and offer a true sense of belonging to their staff. To effectively 
communicate the value propositions of its Grade “A” offices to potential tenants, the Group 
created taglines such as “A Small Step from Central, A Giant Leap in Value”, and “Perfect 
from 9 to 5, and Even Better after 5” for its office leasing communications.

39

RESIDENTIAL SECTOR

Our residential portfolio comprises the Bamboo Grove development located in Mid-Levels, 
while Sunning Court is vacated for redevelopment. The total area of our residential portfolio 
is around 0.8 million gross square feet. We offer top class facilities and one-stop 
personalised services to provide an international living experience for both expatriate and 
locals alike. Residential leases are typically for two years. 

Residential sector revenue declined by 8.5% to HK$300 million (2012: HK$328 million). 
This principally reflected negative rental reversion as a whole, as well as the loss of 
revenue due to Sunning Court’s tenants vacating for redevelopment during 2013. The 
overall residential occupancy was 82% on 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 92%). 
If excluding Sunning Court, the occupancy was 92%, amidst an overall weak market 
environment.

Hysan continued to broaden its tenant base beyond the financial sector, which was still 
affected by the macro environment. The Group also continued to diversify its marketing 
channels, strengthen tenant relationships and direct marketing initiatives, as well as 
enhance facilities, services and community activities.

CONTINUING ASSET ENHANCEMENT PROGRAMME

Preparations for the combined redevelopment of Sunning Plaza (commercial property) and 
Sunning Court (residential property) are well underway. As at 31 December 2013, Sunning 
Plaza was completely vacated, and Sunning Court was about to complete its vacating 
process. The project is on schedule for anticipated completion around 2018.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Financial Review
A review of the Group’s results and operations is featured in the preceding sections. This 
section deals with other significant financial matters.

OPERATING COSTS

The Group’s operating costs are generally classified as property expenses and 
administrative expenses.

Property expenses are the costs directly associated with day-to-day operations of our 
investment properties, being primarily related to front-line staff wages and benefits, utilities 
costs, repairs and maintenance, marketing expenses and agency fees, as well as cleaning 
expenses. Property expenses decreased by 4.3% to HK$405 million (2012: HK$423 
million), mainly due to a reduction in expenses attributable to Hysan Place such as agency 
fees. As a result, the property expenses to turnover ratio decreased from 17.0% to 13.2% 
as compared to 2012. This reflected the normalisation of Hysan Place property expenses 
following its opening.

Administrative expenses were the costs indirectly associated with day-to-day operations  
of our investment properties, largely representing payroll related costs of management  
and head-office staff. Administrative expenses rose by 11.2% to HK$208 million  
(2012: HK$187 million). This reflected human resources upskilling and the filling of 
previously vacant positions, and salary increments.

FINANCE COSTS

Finance costs were HK$242 million in 2013, an increase of 55.1% from HK$156 million in 
2012. The increase was the result of the Group’s higher average debt level after the 
issuance of the US$300 million fixed rate notes at the beginning of the year. The new 
financing helped to increase the liquidity and extend the maturity profile of the Group.

The Group’s average finance costs in 2013 were 2.9%, slightly higher than 2.7% reported 
for 2012. This reflected the US$300 million fixed rate notes with a coupon of 3.5% issued 
in January 2013. 

Further discussion of the Group’s treasury policy, including debt and interest rate 
management, is set out in the “Treasury Policy” section.

41

REvALUATION OF INvESTMENT PROPERTIES

The Group’s investment property portfolio was valued at 31 December 2013 by Knight 
Frank Petty Limited, an independent professional valuer, on the basis of open market value. 
The amount of this valuation was HK$65,322 million, an increase of 8.8% from HK$60,022 
million at 31 December 2012. The valuation at year-end 2013 principally reflected 
improved rental rates for the Group’s investment property portfolio. The following shows the 
property valuation of each portfolio at year-end.

Retail portfolio
Office portfolio
Residential portfolio

2013
HK$ million

2012
HK$ million

Change
HK$ million

32,651
24,200
8,471
65,322

28,906
22,622
8,494
60,022

3,745
1,578
(23)
5,300

Change
%

+13.0
+7.0
-0.3
+8.8

Fair value gain on investment properties (excluding capital expenditure spent on the 
Group’s investment properties) of HK$4,575 million (2012: HK$8,533 million) was 
recognised in the Group’s consolidated income statement for the year.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
42

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

INvESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

The Group’s share of results of associates decreased by 7.5% to HK$309 million  
(2012: HK$334 million), principally due to a smaller revaluation gain on the Shanghai 
Grand Gateway project, of which the Group owns 24.7%, as compared to last year. At  
31 December 2013, properties at Shanghai Grand Gateway had been revalued at fair value 
by an independent professional valuer. The Group’s share of the revaluation gain, net of  
the corresponding deferred tax thereon, of the associate amounted to HK$72 million  
(2012: HK$123 million).

The Shanghai Grand Gateway project continued to deliver a good performance in 2013. The 
Group’s share of results, excluding revaluation gains on investment properties held by the 
associate, recorded an 12.3% increase year-on-year. As at the end of 2013, the retail units 
were fully-let while satisfactory occupancy was achieved for both the office and residential 
properties.

OTHER INvESTMENTS

In addition to placing surplus funds as time deposits in banks with strong credit ratings,  
the Group also invested in investment grade debt securities and principal-protected 
investments. This helped to preserve the Group’s liquidity and enhance interest yields. 

Investment income, principally being interest income, amounted to HK$76 million (2012: 
HK$55 million). The growth was mainly due to a larger principal amount for investment  
in time deposits and debt securities after the issuance of the US$300 million fixed  
rate notes.

CASH FLOwS

Cash flow of the Group during the year is summarised below.

Operating cash inflow
Financing
Investments
Capital expenditure
Interest and taxation
Dividends paid and proceeds on 
  exercise of options
Net cash (outflow) inflow

*  n/m – not meaningful

2013
HK$ million

2012
HK$ million

Change
HK$ million

Change
%

2,498
1,607
(2,236)
(704)
(350)

(1,157)
(342)

1,941
(738)
1,907
(1,626)
(333)

(842)
309

557
2,345
(4,143)
922
(17)

(315)
(651)

+28.7
n/m
n/m
-56.7
+5.1

+37.4
n/m

 
43

The Group reported operating cash inflow of HK$2,498 million (2012: HK$1,941 million) in 
2013, reflecting the growth in our core leasing business. Net cash from financing rose to 
HK$1,607 million (2012: net cash used in financing: HK$738 million), mainly due to the 
new borrowings of US$300 million fixed rate notes at the beginning of the year, which was 
partly offset by the cash outflow for debts repayment. 

Net cash used in investments was HK$2,236 million (2012: net cash from investments: 
HK$1,907 million), of which the majority were time deposits with longer tenors. Capital 
expenditure in 2013 was HK$704 million (2012: HK$1,626 million), including the payment 
of the construction costs of Hysan Place and other costs for building renovations.

CAPITAL ExPENDITURE AND MANAGEMENT

The Group is committed to enhancing the asset value of its investment property portfolio 
through selective re-positioning, refurbishment and redevelopment. The Group has also in 
place a portfolio-wide whole-life cycle maintenance programme as part of its ongoing 
strategy to pro-actively implement preventive maintenance activities. Total cash outlay of 
capital expenditure (excluding principally purchase of plant and equipment) during the year 
was HK$696 million (2012: HK$1,595 million), including the payment of the construction 
costs of Hysan Place.

The Group has an internal control system for scrutinising capital expenditures. Depending 
on strategic importance, cost/benefit and the size of the projects, detailed analysis of 
expected risks and returns is submitted to business unit heads, Executive Directors or the 
Board for consideration and approval. The criteria for assessment of financial feasibility are 
generally based on net present value, payback period and internal rate of return from 
projected cash flow.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Treasury Policy
MARKET HIGHLIGHTS

The global economy continued its slow recovery in 2013 as the economies of the United 
States, Europe and Japan were recovering at varying speeds. The United States economy 
finally showed signs of improvement in its housing market while Japan and the eurozone 
began to pick up under accommodative monetary policies. Following the United States 
Federal Reserve’s announcement of the plan to taper its stimulative monetary policy,  
long-term interest rates moved higher towards the year-end. To lock in a relatively low 
interest cost for long-term funding, the Group issued a US$300 million 10-year fixed rate 
notes with a coupon of 3.5% in January 2013.

ObjECTIvES

We adhere to a policy of financial prudence. Our objectives are to:

•	maintain a strong financial position by actively managing debt level and cash flow;

•	secure diversified funding sources from both banks and capital markets;

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Average Finance Costs

Source of borrowings

Average Debt Maturity

Floating Rate Debt

Net Interest Coverage

Net Debt to Equity

Definition

Interest expenses over 
average gross debt for  
the year

The percentage of borrowings 
from banks and from capital 
markets

The weighted average 
remaining tenure of the 
Group’s gross debt

The percentage of total debt 

Gross profit before 

Borrowings less liquidity on 

that is effectively floating 

depreciation less 

hand divided by 

rate based

administrative expense 

shareholders’ funds

divided by net interest 

expense

Measurement

The average costs of debt 
financing

How diversified is the funding 
source

The timing of repayment 
needs of the Group

The likely impact on interest 

The Group’s ability in meeting 

The level of net leverage of 

expenses by changes in 

the interest payment 

the Group and its ability to 

market interest rates

obligations from its operation

raise further debt

Performance

A higher average finance 
costs reflected the US$300 
million fixed rate notes with  
a coupon of 3.5% issued in 
January 2013.

During the year, US$300 million 
fixed rate notes were issued and 
HK$700 million bank loans 
matured. The portion from capital 
markets at year-end 2013 was 
higher than the level in 2012.

The average maturity was 
lengthened with the US$300 
million 10-year fixed rate 
notes issued.

The ratio was lower 

compared with 2012 

Ratio reflects our stable 

The ratio remains low after 

profit against higher net 

the issuance of the US$300 

because more borrowings 

interest expenses.

million fixed rate notes and 

the Group’s ability to raise 

further debt is strong.

were issued at fixed interest 

rates under a relatively low 

interest rate environment.

Average Finance Costs

2.9%

(2.7% for 2012)

bank Loans vs. 
Capital Market Issuance

26.5% : 73.5%

at year-end 2013
(45.8% : 54.2% at year-end 2012)

Average Debt Maturity

6.0 years

at year-end 2013
(5.0 years at year-end 2012)

Floating Rate Debt

Net Interest Coverage

Net Debt to Equity

32.0%

at year-end 2013

(47.0% at year-end 2012)

15.4 times

(16.8 times for 2012)

5.3%

at year-end 2013

(6.2% at year-end 2012)

45

•	minimise re-financing and liquidity risks by attaining a healthy debt repayment capacity, 
diversified maturity profile, and availability of banking facilities with minimum collateral  
on debt;

•	manage the exposures arising from adverse market movements in interest rates and 

foreign exchange through appropriate hedging strategies;

•	monitor credit risks by imposing proper counterparty limits; and

•	reduce financial investment risks with prudent investment guidelines.

To achieve the objective of financial prudence, Hysan’s Treasury policy manual lays down 
the acceptable range of operational parameters and gives guidance on our key performance 
indicators as set out in the table.

Moody’s upgraded the Group’s credit rating from Baa1 to A3 in May 2013 to reflect the 
stable recurring income of the Group. Standard and Poor’s rating of the Group is BBB+.

Treasury has an overall objective of optimising borrowing costs and management of 
associated risks: that is, to minimise the finance costs subject to the constraints of the 
operational parameters.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Average Finance Costs

Source of borrowings

Average Debt Maturity

Floating Rate Debt

Net Interest Coverage

Net Debt to Equity

Definition

Interest expenses over 

The percentage of borrowings 

The weighted average 

average gross debt for  

from banks and from capital 

remaining tenure of the 

the year

markets

Group’s gross debt

Measurement

The average costs of debt 

How diversified is the funding 

The timing of repayment 

financing

source

needs of the Group

The percentage of total debt 
that is effectively floating 
rate based

Gross profit before 
depreciation less 
administrative expense 
divided by net interest 
expense

Borrowings less liquidity on 
hand divided by 
shareholders’ funds

The likely impact on interest 
expenses by changes in 
market interest rates

The Group’s ability in meeting 
the interest payment 
obligations from its operation

The level of net leverage of 
the Group and its ability to 
raise further debt

Performance

A higher average finance 

During the year, US$300 million 

The average maturity was 

costs reflected the US$300 

fixed rate notes were issued and 

lengthened with the US$300 

million fixed rate notes with  

HK$700 million bank loans 

million 10-year fixed rate 

a coupon of 3.5% issued in 

matured. The portion from capital 

notes issued.

January 2013.

markets at year-end 2013 was 

higher than the level in 2012.

The ratio was lower 
compared with 2012 
because more borrowings 
were issued at fixed interest 
rates under a relatively low 
interest rate environment.

Ratio reflects our stable 
profit against higher net 
interest expenses.

The ratio remains low after 
the issuance of the US$300 
million fixed rate notes and 
the Group’s ability to raise 
further debt is strong.

Average Finance Costs

bank Loans vs. 

Average Debt Maturity

Floating Rate Debt

Net Interest Coverage

Net Debt to Equity

2.9%

(2.7% for 2012)

Capital Market Issuance

26.5% : 73.5%

6.0 years

at year-end 2013

at year-end 2013

(5.0 years at year-end 2012)

(45.8% : 54.2% at year-end 2012)

32.0%

at year-end 2013
(47.0% at year-end 2012)

15.4 times

(16.8 times for 2012)

5.3%

at year-end 2013
(6.2% at year-end 2012)

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

DEbT MANAGEMENT

The debt capital market was active in 2013, particularly in the first half of the year  
when the market was still flushed with liquidity. Quality issuers took the opportunity to tap 
the market while the interest rate remained low. Liquidity in the local bank loan market  
also improved during the year as reflected by the reduced credit margin for top tier 
companies borrowing from the market. To lock in a relatively low interest cost for long tenor 
funding and to build up funds for future use, the Group issued US$300 million 10-year fixed 
rate notes with a coupon of 3.5% in January 2013 under the Medium Term Notes 
Programme. The long term borrowing lengthened the average maturity of the debt profile  
to 6.0 years at year-end of 2013 (2012: 5.0 years). 

The graph below shows the financial strength of the Group and our ability to meet interest 
payment obligations and to raise further debts if necessary.

Net Interest Coverage and Net Debt to Equity at Year - end

%

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

14.0x

6.4%

12.3x

7.6%

11.7x

5.1%

16.8x

15.4x

6.2%

5.3%

09

10

11

12

13

Net Debt to Equity

Net Interest Coverage (times)

Times

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

The Group always strives to lower the borrowing margin, to diversify the funding sources 
and to maintain a suitable maturity profile relative to the overall use of funds. As at 31 
December 2013, the outstanding gross debt1 of the Group was HK$7,540 million (2012: 
HK$5,899 million), an increase of HK$1,641 million compared with 2012 as a result of the 
issuance of the US$300 million fixed rate notes and repayment of HK$700 million bank 
loans during the year. All the outstanding borrowings are on an unsecured basis.

To diversify the funding sources, the Group has established long-term relationships with a 
number of local and overseas banks. Ten local and overseas banks have provided bilateral 
banking facilities to the Group as funding alternatives. At year-end of 2013, about 26.5% of 
the Group’s outstanding gross debts were sourced from these banking facilities.

1  The gross debt represents the contractual principal payment obligations at 31 December 2013. However, in 

accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, the debt is measured at amortised costs, using the effective 
interest method. Also, if the Group designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments (i.e. interest rate swaps) 
for fair value hedge, the net cumulative gains/losses attributable to the hedged interest rate risk of the hedged 
items (i.e. fixed rate notes and zero coupon notes) are adjusted to the hedged items. Therefore, as disclosed in 
the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2013, the book value of the outstanding debt 
of the Group was HK$7,504 million (31 December 2012: HK$5,941 million). 

 
47

The following graph shows the percentages of total outstanding gross debts sourced from 
banks and the debt capital markets in the past five years.

Sources of Financing at Year- end

HK$ million

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

62.8%

37.2%

09

70.3%

29.7%

10

56.9%

54.2%

43.1%

45.8%

73.5%

26.5%

11

12

13

Bilateral Bank Loans

Capital Market Issuances

The Group also strives to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. As at 31 December 
2013, the average maturity of the debt portfolio was about 6.0 years, of which about 
HK$1,100 million or 14.6% of the outstanding gross debt will be due in less than one year, 
reflecting little re-financing pressure for 2014. 

The graph below shows the debt maturity profile of the Group at 2013 and 2012 year-end.

Debt Maturity Profile at 2013 and 2012 Year - end

2013

1,100

1,250 400

4,790

2012

700

1,100

1,500

2,599

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

6,000

8,000
Gross Debt Amount (HK$ million)

7,000

Maturing in not exceeding one year
Maturing in more than one year but not exceeding two years
Maturing in more than two years but not exceeding five years
Maturing in more than five years

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW5,8997,54048

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LIqUIDITY MANAGEMENT

The Group always places great emphasis on liquidity management. Recurring cash flows 
from our business continued to remain steady and strong. As at 31 December 2013, the 
Group had cash and bank deposits totaling about HK$4,123 million (2012: HK$2,311 
million). The increase of deposit was mainly resulted from the issuance of the US$300 
million fixed rate notes. All the deposits are placed with banks with strong credit ratings 
and the counterparty risk is monitored on a regular basis. In order to preserve liquidity and 
enhance interest yields, the Group also invested HK$1,360 million (2012: HK$1,288 
million) in debt securities and investments, which are principal-protected in nature. 

Further liquidity, if needed, is available from the undrawn committed facilities offered by the 
Group’s relationship banks. These facilities, which amounted to HK$900 million at year-end 
2013 (2012: HK$1,000 million), essentially allow the Group to obtain additional liquidity as 
the need arises.

INTEREST RATE MANAGEMENT

Interest expenses account for a significant proportion of the Group’s total expenses and 
warrant close monitoring. Appropriate hedging strategies are adopted to manage exposure 
to projected movements in the interest rate. During the year, 3-month Hong Kong Inter-bank 
Offered Rate (“HIBOR”) remained low and the range bounded between 0.38% and 0.40%.

As a result of the US$300 million 10-year fixed rate notes with a coupon of 3.5% issued in 
2013, the average cost of financing increased to 2.9% in 2013 compared to 2.7% in 2012. 
The fixed debt ratio also increased to 68.0% at year-end of 2013 from 53.0% at year-end  
of 2012.

As the Group believes that interest rates will rise in the next few years, we expect the 
issuance will reduce the overall interest rate exposures over the 10-year period.

The diagram below shows the Group’s debt levels and average finance costs in the past 
five years. 

Debt Levels and Average Finance Costs

HK$ million

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

3,889

3.1%

1,905

4,540

2,547

2.7%

09

10

Year-end Gross Debt

6,610

5,899

7,540

3,649

3,588

2.7%

2.7%

3,417

2.9%

11

12

13

%

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Year-end Net Debt
(Gross debt less short-term investments, 
time deposits, cash and bank balances)

Average Finance Costs

49

FOREIGN ExCHANGE MANAGEMENT

The Group aims to have minimal mismatches in currency and does not speculate in 
currency movements for debt management. With the exception of the AUD37 million bank 
loan and US$300 million fixed rate notes, which have been hedged by appropriate hedging 
instruments, all of the Group’s other borrowings were denominated in Hong Kong dollars. 
For the US$300 million fixed rate notes issued in January 2013, hedges were entered to 
effectively convert the borrowing into Hong Kong dollar. For the foreign exchange exposure 
on the investment side, the Group’s outstanding in amount in cash, time deposits, principal-
protected investments and debt securities amounted to US$109 million and RMB322 
million, of which US$37 million was hedged by foreign exchange forward contracts. Other 
foreign exchange exposure mainly relates to investments in the Shanghai project. These 
foreign exchange exposures amounted to the equivalent of HK$4,181 million (2012: 
HK$3,759 million) or 5.5% (2012: 5.5%) of total assets.

USE OF DERIvATIvES

As at 31 December 2013, outstanding derivatives were mainly related to the hedging of 
interest rate and foreign exchange exposures. Strict internal guidelines have been 
established to ensure derivatives are used mainly to manage volatilities or adjust the 
appropriate risk profile of the Group’s treasury assets and liabilities. 

Before entering into any hedging transaction, the Group will ensure that its counterparty 
possesses strong investment-grade ratings to control credit risk. As part of our risk 
management, a limit on maximum risk-adjusted credit exposure is assigned to each 
counterparty, which reflects the credit quality of the counterparty.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW50

Internal Controls and  
Risk Management Report

Responsibility
Our Board of Directors has the overall responsibility to ensure that sound and effective 
internal controls are maintained, while management is charged with the responsibility to 
design and implement an internal controls system to manage risks. A sound system of 
internal controls is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives, and can only provide reasonable but not absolute assurance.

Our Risk Management Framework
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal controls and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. The Audit Committee supports the Board in monitoring our risk exposures, 
the design and operating effectiveness of the underlying risk management and internal 
controls systems. Management assesses and presents regular reports to the Audit 
Committee on its own assessments of key risks, the strengths and weaknesses of the 
overall internal controls systems, with action plans to address the weaknesses. Internal 
Audit regularly reports on reviews of the business processes and activities, including action 
plans to address any identified control weaknesses. External auditors also report on any 
control issues identified in the course of their work. Taking these into consideration, the 
Audit Committee reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls and 
reports to the Board on such reviews.

(Please also see “Audit Committee Report” on page 93 regarding the Committee’s detailed 
review work.)

Hysan Risk Management Framework Diagram

The Board

“Top-down”

•  Has overall 

Oversight, 
identification, 
assessment and 
mitigation of risk 
at corporate level

responsibility for 
the Group’s risk 
management and 
internal controls 
system

•  Sets strategic 
objectives 
•  Reviews the 

effectiveness of our 
risk management 
and internal 
controls systems

•  Monitors the 

nature and extent 
of risk exposure for 
our principal risks

•  Provides direction 
on the importance 
of risk management 
and risk management 
culture

Management

Audit Committee

Internal Audit

•  Designs, implements, 
and monitors our risk 
management and 
internal controls system

•  Assesses our risks 

and mitigating measures 
Company-wide

•  Supports the Board 
in monitoring risk 
exposure, design and 
operating effectiveness 
of the underlying 
risk management 
and internal controls 
systems

•  Supports the Audit 

Committee in reviewing 
the effectiveness of 
our risk management 
and internal controls 
system

Operational Level

•  Risk identification, assessment 
and mitigation performed across 
the business

•  Risk management process and internal 
controls practised across business 
operations and functional areas

“Bottom-up”

Identification, 
assessment and 
mitigation of risk 
at business unit 
level and across 
functional areas

51

Hysan’s Internal Controls Model and Continuous Improvement 
in our System
Our internal controls model is based on that set down by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organisations of the U.S. Treadway Commission (“COSO”) for internal controls, and has five 
components, namely Control Environment; Risk Assessment; Control Activities; Information 
and Communication; and Monitoring. In developing our internal controls model based on the 
COSO principles, we have taken into consideration our organisational structure and the 
nature of our business activities. Since 2012, we have put in place a phased improvement 
plan and progressed to further enhance our internal controls and risk management system 
as described below:

•	Control Environment – this is very important as it sets the tone for internal controls in a 

company. Hysan is a tightly-knit organisation with around 600 staff members. The actions 
of management and its demonstrated commitment to effective governance and control are 
therefore very transparent to all. We have a strong tradition of good corporate governance 
and a corporate culture based on good business ethics and accountability. We have in 
place a formal Code of Ethics that is communicated to all staff (including new recruits). 
Our “whistle-blowing” system is monitored by an independent third party service provider 
with direct reporting to the Audit Committee Chairman. We aim to build risk awareness 
and control responsibility into our culture and regard them as the foundation of our 
internal controls system.

•	Risk Assessment – we continue to drive improvements to our risk management process 

and the quality of risk information generated, while at the same time maintaining a simple 
and practical approach. Instead of setting up a separate risk management department, we 
instead seek to have risk management features embedded within our operations (leasing, 
property management, and project) as well as functional areas (including finance, human 
resources, IT, and legal). We aim to have a  “live” risk management system that is 
practised on a day-to-day basis by our operating units. On an annual basis, department 
heads review and update their risk registers, providing assurances that controls are both 
embedded and effective within the business. Management also forms a risk management 
committee (headed by the Chief Executive Officer) which sets the relevant policies and 
monitors potential weaknesses and action items regularly.

Since 2012, we have refined the process by adopting a more risk-based (instead of 
process-based) approach in risk identification and assessment, with clearer description of 
risks in light of changes in internal as well as external circumstances. This enriches our 
ability to analyse risks and respond to opportunities as we pursue our strategic objectives. 
Training/refresher sessions and workshops were provided to department heads, with 
guidance, facilitation, and discussions throughout. We have also adopted a more 
“participatory” approach in determining the Group’s corporate-level “top risks”, by 
enhancing the “bottom-up” aspects and the involvement of department heads. 

•	Control Activities; Information and Communicating – our core property leasing and 

management business involves well-established business processes. Control activities have 
traditionally been built on top-level reviews, segregation of duties; and physical controls. 

Over the past few years, we have been formalising and documenting the control processes 
in line with a general desire to move towards a management style based on systematic 
and structured control principles. In particular, we have put in place a greater use of key 
performance indicators, which facilitates top-level reviews. A greater use of automation 
(information processing) is also being implemented.

•	Monitoring – oversight by the Board and Audit Committee, assisted by our Internal Audit 
team. Management has enhanced its update reports to Audit Committee on movements 
on top risks and appropriate mitigating measures. From 2012 onwards, an additional Audit 
Committee meeting has been held to review and monitor risk management activities.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW52

Internal Controls and Risk Management Report

2013 Review of Internal Controls Effectiveness
In respect of the year ended 31 December 2013, the Board considered the internal 
controls system effective and adequate. No significant areas of concern that might affect 
the financial, operational, compliance controls, and risk management functions of the 
Group were identified. The scope of this review covers the adequacy of resources, 
qualification/experience of staff of the Group’s accounting and financial reporting function, 
and their training and budget.

Further Strengthening of Our Underlying Systems in 2013

Integration of internal controls and risk management into other business processes

•	 In budgeting and business planning processes, 

operating units are required to identify material risks 
that may impact the achievement of their business 
objectives. Action items to mitigate the identified risks 
are developed for implementation as well as for 
finalising the budget and business objectives 

These further our aim to make our risk 
management system a “live” one that 
is practised on a day-to-day basis by 
operating units, and generally 
strengthens risk awareness and 
culture across the organization.

•	 Formalised the adoption of key risk indicators in 

management reporting

•	 Integrated our refined Visions / Missions / Values, 
which stress accountability, in our performance 
appraisal system 

Monitoring – enhanced “management assurance” to the Board and Audit Committee in 
their respective reviews 

Facilitates and enhances the work of 
the Audit Committee and the Board in 
monitoring our risk exposure.

We have enhanced the “assurance” aspects in the 
following ways:

•	 enhanced management update reports to Audit 

Committee and the Board on top risks , with special 
reports on selected topics

•	 a more structured approach implemented for the 
purpose of management’s certification of controls 
effectiveness, adopting a control self-assessment 
approach cascading to department heads where 
appropriate. 

Way Forward
Achieving a “live” risk management system practised on a day-to-day basis by our operating 
units is a continuous journey. We shall continue this path, with further integration of 
internal controls and risk management into our business processes.

The COSO framework (on which the Group’s internal controls system is based) has been 
revised, effective December 2013. Instead of treating this as a framework-update exercise, 
a holistic approach will be adopted, taking into consideration the Company’s circumstances, 
including its ongoing internal controls and risk management improvement plan as well as 
other strategic initiatives. (e.g. corporate social responsibility strategy and reporting)

53

Our Risk Profile
Our approach for managing risk is underpinned by our understanding of our current risk 
exposures, and how our risks are changing over time. The following illustrates the nature of 
our principal risks. Further analysis of our strategies is set out in other sections of the 
Annual Report as indicated below:

Risk

Risk change 
during 2013

Description of risk change

Impact of Hong Kong and global 
macroeconomic developments on:

1.  Office leasing operations

2.  Retail leasing operations 

3.  Residential leasing operations

Considering the impact of changes in demand and 
competition on the three leasing units, which 
continued to be challenging during the year. New 
supply remains, however, tight for all three units. The 
retail environment has been more resilient. 

 For more analysis, 
see “The Marketplace” (pages 26 to 29) &
“Review of Operations” (pages 34 to 39) 

4.  Projects (including combined 

Sunning site redevelopment, and 
Lee Theatre Plaza asset 
enhancement)

Lee Theatre Plaza asset enhancement completed 
with new anchor tenants commencing operations

New (combined 
Sunning site  
redevelopment)

Announcement made in March 2013 for the new 
combined Sunning site redevelopment project. 
Preparations for demolition underway, with tenants 
began vacating in Q4 2013.

5.  Finance (funding and liquidity 

risks, given U.S. tapering of asset 
purchases and impact on 
financial markets)

6.  Hazards / catastrophic loss 
(health epidemics, natural 
disasters, man-made hazards like 
fire, flooding) 

7.  Human resources

See “ Review of Operations” (pages 34 to 39) 

The Group successfully made a US$300 million 
10-year bond issuance in January 2013.

 For more analysis, 
see “Treasury Policy” (pages 44 to 49) 

We maintain comprehensive emergency handling 
procedures covering all our properties. 

Greater competition for skilled personnel, and labour 
shortage for front-line staff, to support the Group’s 
growth strategy. 

 For more analysis, 
see Corporate Responsibility Report 2013 – 
“Workplace Quality” 

Note:

where “inherent risks” (i.e. before taking into consideration mitigating activities) increased

where “inherent risks” decreased

where “inherent risks” remain broadly the same

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
54

3

Corporate Governance

This “Corporate Governance” section 

presents Hysan’s Board of Directors, as well 

as our governance structure, systems and 

best practices. We also highlight the Board’s 

actions during the year.

55

56  Board of Directors

60  Corporate Governance Report

77  Directors’ Report

85  Directors’ Remuneration  
and Interests Report

93  Audit Committee Report

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW56

Board of Directors

THE BOARD
THE BOARD
THE BOARD

   Audit Committee    

(A)

   Remuneration Committee    (R)

   Nomination Committee 

(N)

MANAGEMENT

   Strategy Committee 

(S)

    Finance

    Corporate Services

Property
Investment

Property
Services

Property 
Development

Chairman (chairing N, S)

Irene Yun Lien LEE

Ms. Lee is an independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited, CLP 
Holdings Limited, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Noble 
Group Limited (listed on Singapore Exchange Limited). She has held senior positions in 
investment banking and fund management in a number of renowned international financial 
institutions. Previously, Ms. Lee was an executive director of Citicorp Investment Bank 
Limited in New York, London and Sydney; head of corporate finance at Commonwealth Bank 
of Australia and chief executive officer of Sealcorp Holdings Limited, both based in Sydney. 
She was also the non-executive chairman of Keybridge Capital Limited (listed on Australian 
Stock Exchange), a non-executive director of ING Bank (Australia) Limited, QBE Insurance 
Group Limited, and The Myer Family Company Pty Limited; and a member of the Advisory 
Council of JP Morgan Australia. Ms. Lee was formerly a member of the Australian 
Government Takeovers Panel. She is a member of the founding Lee family, sister of  
Mr. Anthony Hsien Pin LEE (Non-executive Director) and his alternate on the Board.  
Ms. Lee holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Smith College, United States of America,  
and is a Barrister-at-Law in England and Wales and a member of the Honourable Society of 
Gray’s Inn, United Kingdom. She was appointed a Non-executive Director in March 2011, 
Non-executive Chairman in May 2011, and Executive Chairman in March 2012. She is  
aged 60.

57

Deputy Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer (S)

Siu Chuen LAU

Mr. Lau was the acting Head of Finance of Hysan Group in 
1999. He has also worked as a management consultant at 
McKinsey & Company, a consumer analyst at Morgan 
Stanley Asia, and a brand manager of French luxury 
products. He subsequently co-founded and became a 
Responsible Officer of a SFC licensed investment advisory 
firm. Mr. Lau is a member of the founding Lee family and 
an alternate director of Lee Hysan Company Limited, a 
substantial shareholder of the Company. Mr. Lau holds a 
Bachelor of Social Sciences Degree in Management and 
Economics from The University of Hong Kong, and a Master 
of Business Administration Degree from INSEAD, France. 
He was appointed a Non-executive Director in May 2011, 
Non-executive Deputy Chairman in March 2012, Deputy 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in May 2012. He is 
aged 55.

Independent non-executive  
Director (N, S, chairing A) 

Nicholas Charles ALLEN

Mr. Allen is an independent non-executive director of  
CLP Holdings Limited, Lenovo Group Limited, VinaLand 
Limited and Texon International Group Limited. He has 
extensive experience in accounting and auditing and was a 
partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from 1988 until 
his retirement in June 2007. His other appointments in 
Hong Kong prior to his retirement from PwC included: 
Member of the Securities and Futures Appeal Panel; 
Member of the Takeovers & Merger Panel; Member of the 
Takeovers Appeal Committee; Member of the Share 
Registrars’ Disciplinary Committee and Member of the 
Disciplinary Panel of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants. Mr. Allen holds a Bachelor of Arts 
degree in Economics/Social Studies from Manchester 
University, United Kingdom. He is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and a 
member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants. He was appointed an Independent  
non-executive Director in November 2009 and is aged 58. 

Independent non-executive  
Director 

Frederick Peter 
CHURCHOUSE

Mr. Churchouse has been involved in Asian securities and 
property investment markets for more than 30 years. 
Currently, he is a private investor including having his own 
private family office company, Portwood Co. Ltd. He is also 
an independent non-executive director of Longfor Properties 
Limited and a board member of Macquarie Retail Asset 
Management Limited. He is also the publisher and author 
of “Asia Hard Assets Report”. In 2004, Mr. Churchouse set 
up an Asian investment fund under LIM Advisors. He acted 
as a director of LIM Advisors and as Responsible Officer 
until the end of 2009. Prior to this, Mr. Churchouse worked 
at Morgan Stanley as a managing director and advisory 
director from early 1988. He acted in a variety of roles 
including head of regional research, regional strategist and 
head of regional property research. Mr. Churchouse gained 
a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Master of Social Sciences 
degree from the University of Waikato in New Zealand. He 
was appointed an Independent non-executive Director in 
December 2012 and is aged 64.

Independent non-executive  
Director (A, N, S, chairing R) 

Philip Yan Hok FAN

Mr. Fan is an independent non-executive director of  
China Everbright International Limited, First Pacific 
Company Limited and HKC (Holdings) Limited, and an 
independent director of Goodman Group. He is a member 
of the Asian Advisory Committee of AustralianSuper Pty Ltd 
(a pension fund in Australia). He was previously an 
independent director of Suntech Power Holdings Co., Ltd. 
and Zhuhai Zhongfu Enterprise Co. Ltd. Mr. Fan holds a 
Bachelor’s Degree in Industrial Engineering and a Master’s 
Degree in Operations Research from Stanford University, as 
well as a Master’s Degree in Management Science from 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He was appointed 
Independent non-executive Director in January 2010. He is 
aged 64.

(A) Audit Committee     (R) Remuneration Committee     (N) Nomination Committee     (S) Strategy Committee 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW58

Board of Directors

Independent non-executive  
Director (R, N)

Joseph Chung Yin POON

Mr. Poon is group managing director and deputy chief 
executive officer of a private company and an independent 
non-executive director of AAC Technologies Holdings Inc. He 
was formerly managing director and deputy chief executive 
of Hang Seng Bank Limited and had held senior 
management posts in HSBC Group and a number of 
international renowned financial institutions. Mr. Poon is a 
member of the Environment and Conservation Fund 
Investment Committee and a committee member of the 
Chinese General Chamber of Commerce. He was the 
former chairman of Hang Seng Index Advisory Committee, 
Hang Seng Indexes Company Limited, and a former 
member of the Board of Inland Revenue of Hong Kong 
Special Administrative Region. Mr. Poon holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce degree from the University of Western Australia, 
is a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants and the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
Australia. He was appointed Independent non-executive 
Director in January 2010. He is aged 59.

Non-executive Director 

Hans Michael JEBSEN 
B.B.S.

Mr. Jebsen is chairman of Jebsen and Company Limited as 
well as a director of other Jebsen Group companies 
worldwide. He is also an independent non-executive 
director of The Wharf (Holdings) Limited. He was appointed 
a Non-executive Director in 1994 and is aged 57.

Non-executive Director (A) 

Anthony Hsien Pin LEE 

Mr. Lee is a director and substantial shareholder of the 
Australian-listed Beyond International Limited, principally 
engaged in television programme production and 
international sales of television programmes and feature 
films. He is also a non-executive director of Television 
Broadcasts Limited. He received a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
from Princeton University and a Master of Business 
Administration Degree from The Chinese University of Hong 
Kong. Mr. Lee is a member of the founding Lee family and 
a director of Lee Hysan Estate Company, Limited  
(a substantial shareholder of the Company). He is the 
brother of Ms. Irene Yun Lien LEE, Chairman. He was 
appointed a Non-executive Director in 1994 and is aged 56.

Non-executive Director (N, S)

Chien LEE

Mr. Lee is a private investor and a non-executive director of 
Swire Pacific Limited, Television Broadcasts Limited and a 
number of private companies. He is a member of the 
founding Lee family and a director of Lee Hysan Estate 
Company, Limited, a substantial shareholder of the 
Company. Mr. Lee received a Bachelor of Science Degree in 
Mathematical Science, a Master of Science Degree in 
Operations Research and a Master of Business 
Administration Degree from Stanford University. Mr. Lee 
was appointed a Non-executive Director in 1988 and is 
aged 60.

(A) Audit Committee     (R) Remuneration Committee     (N) Nomination Committee     (S) Strategy Committee 

59

Our Team Members

Officer – Chief Financial Officer
Roger Shu Yan HAO
BBA (Hons), CPA, ACA, ACCA

Mr. Hao is responsible for the Group’s financial control, 
treasury and information technology function. He joined the 
Group in 2008. Mr. Hao accumulated extensive experience 
in auditing, financial management and control, while 
holding senior positions in multinational corporations. He is 
aged 48.

Director, Design and Project
Lai Kiu CHAN
PhD, BArch, BA, HKIA, Registered Architect 
AP (List 1), PRC Registered Architect 
LEED AP, BEAM Pro

General Manager, Retail Leasing
Kitty Man Wai CHOY
MSc

General Manager, Property Services
Lawrence Wai Leung LAU
MSc (Eng), CEng, MCIBSE, MHKIE, RPE (BS), BEAM Pro

Non-executive Director (R)

Michael Tze Hau LEE

Mr. Lee is currently the managing director of MAP Capital 
Limited, an investment management company. He is also an 
independent non-executive director of Hong Kong Exchanges 
and Clearing Limited, Chen Hsong Holdings Limited, Trinity 
Limited; an independent non-executive director and chairman 
of OTC Clearing Hong Kong Limited; and a Steward of The 
Hong Kong Jockey Club. Mr. Lee was a member of the Main 
Board and Growth Enterprise Market Listing Committees of 
The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. Mr. Lee is a 
member of the founding Lee family and a director of Lee 
Hysan Estate Company, Limited, a substantial shareholder of 
the Company. He joined the Board in January 2010, having 
previously served as a Director from 1990 to 2007. Mr. Lee 
received his Bachelor of Arts Degree from Bowdoin College 
and his Master of Business Administration Degree from 
Boston University. He is aged 52.

Executive Director and  
Company Secretary

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

Director, Office Leasing
Jessica Mo Ching YIP
MBA, MHKIS, MRICS

Ms. Yung joined the Group in 1999 and was appointed an 
Executive Director in 2008. She advises the Board on all 
matters of corporate governance, and is responsible for the 
Group’s shareholder communications and key stakeholder 
relations management. In addition, she has an oversight of 
all aspects of the Group’s legal matters. As a member of the 
management team, she participates in the Group’s strategic 
planning matters. Ms. Yung holds a Master of Arts degree 
from Oxford University, United Kingdom and is qualified as a 
solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales as well 
as High Court of Hong Kong. She was a partner of an 
international law firm prior to joining the Group. Ms. Yung is 
also a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants, a Fellow of the Hong Kong Institute of 
Chartered Secretaries; and sits on a number of panels of 
the two institutes respectively. Her public services include 
serving as a member of the Securities and Futures Appeal 
Panel, Standing Committee on Company Law Reform, a 
co-opted member of the Audit and Risk Committee of the 
Hospital Authority, and the Hong Kong Selection Committee 
of the Rhodes Scholarships respectively. She is aged 52.

(A) Audit Committee     (R) Remuneration Committee     (N) Nomination Committee     (S) Strategy Committee 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW60 Corporate Governance Report

Refreshing of the Board and Board Diversity
Hysan believes that embracing strong governance is the foundation to delivering on its 
strategic objective of consistent and sustainable performance over the long term. At the 
heart of Hysan’s governance structure is an effective Board that is committed to upholding 
strong governance principles and to reinforcing Hysan’s long-established and deeply 
engrained corporate governance tradition and culture of accountability, transparency  
and integrity.

We recognise the importance of having a broad complement of skills, experience and 
competencies on our Board to ensure the continued effective oversight of, and informed 
decision making with respect to, issues affecting Hysan. Our Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, first adopted by the Board in 2003, reflects this broad concept of diversity.  
It was further refined during the year to more clearly bring out the Board’s endorsement of 
this approach. 

We are committed to continuing Board renewal to ensure that the Board is infused with 
fresh perspectives from time to time and that it always has the necessary diversity of skills 
and attributes required to oversee and govern in the ever-changing operating environment. 
Since October 2009, five Non-executive Directors (including four Independent non-executive 
Directors) with backgrounds in the areas of finance, general management, professional 
practices, and property industry have joined our Board. The Board last reviewed its size and 
composition in December 2013.

Meeting and Exceeding Compliance Requirements
Hysan meets the requirements of the Code Provisions contained in the Code on Corporate 
Governance Practices (the “Corporate Governance Code”) set out in Appendix 14 of the 
Rules Governing the Listing of Securities (the “Listing Rules”) on The Stock Exchange of 
Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”), with the exception that its Remuneration 
Committee (established since 1987) has the responsibility of determining compensation at 
Executive Director-level only. The Board is of the view that, in light of the current 
organisational structure and the nature of Hysan’s business activities, this arrangement is 
appropriate. However, the Board will continue to review this arrangement going forward in 
light of the evolving needs of the Group. 

Hysan’s system of corporate governance practices exceed the Corporate Governance Code 
in a number of key areas.

Best Corporate Governance Disclosure Awards 2013: 
Non-Hang Seng Index (Large Market Capitalisation) 
Category – Gold Award

Organised by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants

“The company’s report indicates continuous efforts and improvement in 
internal controls and risk management. The 2012 review of internal 
controls effectiveness, presented in a summary table, illustrates where 
there has been a further strengthening of the company’s underlying risk 
management system. Hysan discloses its risk profile to help readers 
understand the company’s current risk exposures and to indicate how its 
risks are changing over time.”

– Judges’ Report

61

Exceed 
Code Provisions

Best Practices in Corporate Governance in Place at Hysan

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

The Board first established formal Corporate Governance Guidelines* in 2004.

The Board has established formal mandates and responsibilities* for itself, with a clear 
division of roles with management. The Board’s responsibilities in the formulation of 
strategy, in addition to its monitoring function, are expressly provided for. 

The Board has established formal criteria and requirements* for Non-executive Director 
appointments. Newly appointed Non-executive Directors are given formal letters of 
appointment, which address (among other things) the expected time commitment of the 
Non-executive Director. The Board has a detailed list of Matters Reserved for Board 
Decisions* that are retained for the decision of the full Board, which covers all major 
policies and directions of the Group.

Board evaluation: For the past few years, this has taken the form of meetings of the  
Non-executive Directors without the presence of management. In 2014, the board evaluation 
process was formalised with the adoption of an evaluation questionnaire. 

The Group has a written Code of Ethics* applicable to all staff and Directors. Monitoring of 
the “whistle blowing” mechanism is performed by an external independent third party 
provider to further enhance independence. Such service provider reports directly to the Audit 
Committee. 

The Group has established a Corporate Disclosure Policy* to guide its stakeholder 
communications and the determination of price sensitive information in order to ensure 
consistent and timely disclosure and fulfillment of the Group’s continuous disclosure 
obligations. It was updated in light of the new inside information disclosure regime under the 
Securities and Futures Ordinance, effective January 2013.

The Group has established an Auditor Services Policy* to identify areas of conflict and 
prohibit the engagement of auditors in such areas to ensure objectivity and independence. 

The Group has demonstrated its commitment to transparency in shareholder reporting by 
publishing a separate Corporate Governance Report since 2001. It also publishes the 
following reports: (i) Audit Committee Report; (ii) Directors’ Remuneration and Interests 
Report; and (iii) Internal Controls and Risk Management Report. 

The Group has a formal Corporate Responsibility Policy and publishes a separate Corporate 
Responsibility Report. It has early-adopted the then proposed environmental, social and 
governance reporting guidelines under the Listing Rules in 2013.

Since 2004, the Group has operated a new form of Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) that 
goes beyond discharging statutory business by including a detailed business review. All 
voting at AGMs has been conducted by poll since 2004.

The Group continually enhances its communications with shareholders. It has initiated  
and funded a programme inviting major nominee companies to proactively forward 
communication materials to the ultimate beneficial shareholders at the Group’s expense.  
At the same time, it also continually enhances the use of its corporate website as a means 
of shareholder communications.

* Detailed policies/terms of reference are available on the Company’s website: www.hysan.com.hk.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW62

Corporate Governance Report

The Board in 2013: driving continuous improvement
During the year, 4 Board meetings were held. Pursuant to its roles under the formal Board Mandate, the Board 
discussed, acted on, and yielded results on the following themes. It was also supported by the work of various Board 
committees, which had an active year. Moving forward, an additional scheduled Board meeting will be held from 2014 
onwards for discussions on Group strategy matters.

1. Leadership

• refined the Board diversity policy (being part of 
the Corporate Governance Guidelines) and 
reviewed the size and composition of the 
Board in this light 

•  Board effectiveness and evaluation:

 • further enhanced the Board process 

including the workings of the Board between 
formal Board meetings, pursuant to 
feedback of Non-executive Directors 

 • adopted a formal board evaluation process 
in 2014. To reflect the Board’s commitment 
to the principle of board effectiveness and 
evaluation, the Corporate Governance 
Guidelines were refined accordingly. (see 
section on “Board Evaluation”)

2. 

Strategic Planning
• received and discussed strategic plans and regular 
updates for the Group’s core leasing (Office, Retail, 
and Residential segments) to meet short-term 
objectives; and medium-term directional plans to 
further strengthen the competitiveness of the 
Group’s Causeway Bay portfolio

•  asset enhancement projects: received and 

discussed management’s regular updates on the 
Lee Theatre Plaza renovation project (completed in 
2013) and the combined redevelopment of Sunning 
Plaza and Sunning Court 

•  talent management: Board committee received, and 
reported back to the Board, updates on succession 
planning; the Board approved the proposed 
refinement of compensation structure for senior 
management to drive performance and hence 

long-term success of the Group

Formal Board Mandate: 
board roles

• Strategic Planning
• Internal Controls and  
Risk Management
• Culture and Values
• Capital Management
• Corporate Governance
• Board Succession

4. Relations with Shareholders

• investor relations reporting (describing 

investor and analyst opinions) is a regular 
Board agenda item

• endorsed management’s plans to further 
enhance shareholder communications by 
further exploiting the electronic channels

3. 

Risk Management

• Audit Committee reviewed and monitored 

management’s plans to further strengthen the risk 
management process, including further integrating 
the same with other key business processes 
(including budgeting and the adoption of formal 
key risk indicators in management reporting); the 
review process was further strengthened

•  assessed effectiveness of financial controls, and 

other internal controls

 (Please refer to separate “Internal Controls and 
Risk Management Report”, “Audit Committee 
Report”)

•  legal and regulatory compliance is a regular 

agenda item for each Board meeting

 
63

Governance Framework
The Group operates within a clear governance structure, which is illustrated in the diagram 
that follows.

Shareholders

Auditors

Board of Directors

Management

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Strategy
Committee

We also ensure the presence of a capable and qualified Board with diverse backgrounds 
and skills. Over the years, the Board has developed, maintained and continues to 
supplement a robust set of governance policies and procedures as the basis of our 
governance system.

Hysan’s governance framework serves as a guide for the Board and management in the 
performance and fulfillment of their respective obligations to Hysan and its stakeholders. 
The guidelines, policies, and procedures which form this framework (as listed below) work 
together to ensure the existence of a capable and qualified Board with diverse backgrounds 
and skills, the establishment of appropriate roles for the Board and various committees, 
and a collaborative and constructive relationship between the Board and management.

As part of its ongoing review, the Board regularly assesses and enhances its governance 
practices and principles in light of regulatory regimes, international best practices, as well 
as Company needs.

The following constitute key components of Hysan’s governance framework. They are 
posted on the Company’s website: www.hysan.com.hk.

• Corporate Governance Guidelines

• Board of Directors Mandate

• Roles Requirements of Non-executive Directors

• Matters Reserved for Board Decisions

• Terms of Reference of the various corporate governance related Board Committees

• Code of Ethics for Employees

• Auditor Services Policy

• Corporate Disclosure Policy

These are reviewed periodically, typically on an annual basis. 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW64

Corporate Governance Report

Board Leadership
FORMAL BOARD MANDATE 

The role of the Board is governed by a formal Board of Directors Mandate (details are also 
available on the Company’s website: www.hysan.com.hk), which sets out the key 
responsibilities of the Board in fulfilling its stewardship roles. These are strategic planning, 
internal controls and risk management, culture and values, capital management, corporate 
governance, and Board succession.

A detailed list of Matters Reserved for Board Decisions sets out the key matters that are 
to be retained for the decision of the full Board, which covers all major policies and 
directions of the Company. These matters include: long-term objectives and strategies; the 
extension of Group activities into new business areas; capital management framework and 
policy; treasury policies; annual budgets, annual funding plan and annual treasury 
investment plan; material acquisitions/disposals of fixed assets; connected transactions; 
preliminary announcements of interim and final results; and the declaration of dividends; 
internal controls; Board membership; Corporate Governance matters; major prosecution, 
defence or settlement of litigation.

Where applicable, “materiality” thresholds are set at appropriate levels to ensure proper 
control while allowing for smooth day-to-day operations to be carried out by management. 
These thresholds are set out in a schedule that is subject to review periodically and in any 
event, at least once a year.

(The document is available on the Company’s website: www.hysan.com.hk) 

BOARD SIZE, COMPOSITION, AND APPOINTMENTS

There are currently eleven Directors on the Board: the Chairman, two other Executive 
Directors, and eight Non-executive Directors (including four Independent non-executive 
Directors). The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are currently separate. 
Irene Yun Lien LEE is currently the Board Chairman. In addition to her role in leading the 
Board, she advises, supports and coaches the management team, particularly regarding 
the long-term strategic development of the Group and management matters that drive 
shareholder value. The Board will review its size and composition from time to time to 
ensure there is an appropriate and diverse mix of skills and experience.

Further description of the backgrounds of the Non-executive Directors is set out in the 
section “Board Effectiveness – Skills, Balance, and Diversity” below.

Non-executive Directors are appointed for a term of 3 years and are required to submit their 
candidacy for re-election at the first AGM following their appointment. Under the Group’s 
Articles of Association, every Director will be subject to retirement by rotation at least once 
every 3 years. Retiring Directors are eligible for re-election at the AGM at which he retires. 
There is no cumulative voting in Director elections. The election of each candidate is done 
through a separate resolution. 

At the AGM to be held on 13 May 2014, Irene Yun Lien LEE, Nicholas Charles ALLEN, Hans 
Michael JEBSEN, and Anthony Hsien Pin LEE will retire and, being eligible, offer themselves 
for re-election. Details with respect to the candidates standing for election as Directors are 
set out in the AGM circular to shareholders.

65

Balance of Non-executive Directors 
and Executive Directors 
31 December 2013

Length of tenure of Non-executive Directors 
31 December 2013

4

3

4

Executive Directors

Independent non-executive Directors

Non-executive Directors

4

4

0-5 years (being the four Independent non-executive Directors)

6 years and above (being the four Non-executive Directors)

The table below sets out the number of meetings of the Board and its committees in 2013, 
individual attendance by Board and committee members at these meetings and the 
attendance of the Board members at the 2013 AGM:

Directors

Executive 
Irene Yun Lien LEE
Siu Chuen LAU
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG

Board
(Note 1)

4/4
4/4
4/4

Independent non-executive 
Nicholas Charles ALLEN 
4/4
Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE 4/4
4/4
Philip Yan Hok FAN
(1 by telephone 
conference)

Joseph Chung Yin POON

4/4

Non-executive
Hans Michael JEBSEN 

Anthony Hsien Pin LEE
Michael Tze Hau LEE

Chien LEE

3/4 (Note 2)
(1 by telephone 
conference)

4/4
4/4
(1 by telephone 
conference)

4/4

Audit
Committee
(Note 1)

Remuneration
Committee
(Note 1)

Nomination
Committee
(Note 1)

AGM
(Note 1)

3/3

1/3

3/3

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/1

1/1

0/1

1/1

1/1

1/1
1/1
1/1

1/1
1/1
1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1
1/1

1/1

Notes: 
1. The attendance figure represents actual attendance / the number of meetings a Director is entitled to attend.
2. Mr. Jebsen’s alternate attended the remaining meeting.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
66

Corporate Governance Report

Board Effectiveness
SKILLS, BALANCE, AND DIVERSITY

During 2013, we have 8 Non-executive Directors drawn from diverse and complementary 
backgrounds. They bring valuable experience and insight in the following areas of 
experience and expertise, driving the corporate strategy and growth of the Group:

Experience / Expertise

1.  General management 

Broad business experience through senior level position 
in another major company.

Name of Directors

Philip Yan Hok FAN
Joseph Chung Yin POON

2.  Property Industry

Experience as a senior executive in another major 
company in property investment, development or facilities 
management; or related industry.

Frederick Peter 
CHURCHOUSE

3.  Financial Services and investment

Experience in the financial services industry or 
experience in overseeing financial transactions and 
investment management.

4.  Marketing

Experience as a senior executive in a major retail, 
consumer products, services or distribution company.

Anthony Hsien Pin LEE
Chien LEE
Michael Tze Hau LEE
Joseph Chung Yin POON

Hans Michael JEBSEN

5.  “Audit Committee” Accounting Expertise

Nicholas Charles ALLEN

Expertise based on definition of “Audit Committee 
accounting expertise” under Listing Rules.

6.  Risk Governance and Risk Management

An understanding of the Board’s role in the oversight of 
risk management principles and practices, including an 
understanding of current risk management principles and 
practices, which may have been gained through current or 
previous experience on another public company board 
committee that oversees risk management; role at 
another public company as “chief risk officer” or risk 
management executive; role at another public company 
as chief executive officer or chief financial officer.

7.  Human Resources / Compensation

An understanding of the principles and practices relating 
to Human Resources and / or actual “hands-on” 
experience in managing or overseeing Human Resources 
in another major company, including experience in: 
compensation plan design and administration; leadership 
development / talent management; succession planning; 
and compensation decision-making, including risk-related 
aspects of compensation.

Nicholas Charles ALLEN
Philip Yan Hok FAN
Chien LEE
Michael Tze Hau LEE
Joseph Chung Yin POON

Philip Yan Hok FAN
Joseph Chung Yin POON

(Directors’ full biographies are set out on pages 56 to 59 and are also available on the Company’s website: 
www.hysan.com.hk)

67

INDEPENDENCE

As a listed company with the presence of a major shareholder family, the Board has put in 
place appropriate policies and processes to avoid conflicts of interest or perception of  
the same. 

“Connected transactions” with persons and entities regarded as connected with the Group 
under the Listing Rules are subject to the approval of the full Board, as provided under the 
List of Matters Reserved for Board Decisions. In addition, transactions that are exempt 
from Listing Rule requirements are also subject to reporting to the full Board after 
management approval, with full particulars of key terms and conditions as well as 
justification.

The Board has established “independence” standards for individual Directors as contained 
in our Corporate Governance Guidelines. It considers “independence” to be a matter of 
judgment and conscience. A Director is considered to be independent only where he or she 
is free from any business or other relationship that might interfere with the exercise of his 
or her independent judgment. 

The Nomination Committee carried out a detailed review of director independence in 
November 2013. It concluded that each of the 4 Independent non-executive Directors was 
independent as at that time. Independent non-executive Directors are identified in our 
Annual and Interim Reports and other communications with shareholders. The Board will 
continually monitor and review whether there are relationships or circumstances that are 
likely to affect (or could appear to affect) independence.

“Connected Transactions” 
with related persons 
subject to full Board 
decision

This is expressly provided in our List of 
Matters Reserved for Board Decisions. 
The relevant requirements are more 
stringent than those under the Listing 
Rules.

Appointment of four 
independent Directors 
with a diverse background

We have four Independent non-executive 
Directors drawn from a diverse 
background, spanning general 
management, property industry, financial 
services and investment, and 
professional (accounting). 

(See page 66) 

INDEPENDENCE
Checks and Balances

Clear “independence” 
standards for individual 
Directors

This is laid down in our Corporate 
Governance Guidelines.

Detailed annual review of 
independence of 
individual Directors

The Nomination Committee carries out 
a detailed review of Director 
independence annually. 

(See table on page 68 summarising 2013 review) 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW68

Corporate Governance Report

Independence Status

Name

Management

Independent

Not 
Independent

November 2013 Review –  
Reason for Independence Status

Nicholas Charles ALLEN

Frederick Peter 
CHURCHOUSE

Philip Yan Hok FAN

Hans Michael JEBSEN

Siu Chuen LAU

Anthony Hsien Pin LEE

Chien LEE

Irene Yun Lien LEE

Michael Tze Hau LEE

Joseph Chung Yin POON

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

No business or other relationships with 
the Group or management

No business or other relationships with 
the Group or management

No business or other relationships with 
the Group or management

No business or other relationships with 
the Group or management

EVALUATION

Traditionally, Hysan evaluates the performance of the Board and members of management 
at meetings between the Chairman and Non-executive Directors without the presence of 
management.

To further strengthen the independence of the Non-executive Directors and to enable them 
to discuss more freely the evaluation of performance of the Board as well as the Group’s 
management, the Non-executive Directors also had two discussion sessions during 2013 
without the presence of executive members or Board members relating to the founding Lee 
family. As a result of the feedback received, the Board process regarding the workings of 
the Board between formal Board meetings was strengthened. Where urgent full-board 
decisions have to be made in-between formal Board meetings, telephone conferences 
(supplemented by formal written resolutions) will be arranged as far as practicable.

In 2014, the board evaluation process was formalised, by adopting a board evaluation 
questionnaire. To reflect the Board’s commitment to the principle of board effectiveness 
and evaluation, the Corporate Governance Guidelines were refined in March 2014 
accordingly. The responses to the questionnaire will be thoroughly analysed and discussed 
at Board meetings to be held in Q2 2014.

69

How The Board Works Together 
BOARD AND MANAGEMENT

The Board and management fully appreciate their respective roles and are supportive of the 
development and maintenance of a healthy corporate governance culture.

The Board relies on management for the day-to-day operation of the business. It monitors 
what management is doing, and holds them accountable for the performance of the 
Company as measured against established targets. In terms of strategy formulation, the 
Board works closely with management in thinking through our direction and long-term plans, 
as well as the various opportunities and risks associated therewith and facing the Company 
generally. 

The Non-executive Directors provide independent challenge and review, bringing a wide 
range of experiences, specific expertise, and fresh objective perspectives. As members of 
the various Board committees, they also undertake detailed governance work with a 
particular focus as noted under the respective terms of reference of the various Board 
committees. 

HOW MANAGEMENT SUPPORTS THE EFFECTIVE WORKINGS OF THE BOARD

SUPPLY OF INFORMATION

Management recognises the significance of providing timely and relevant information to 
Non-executive Directors so as to enable them to discharge their duties effectively.

The Board receives detailed quarterly reports from members of management in respect of 
their areas of responsibility. Appropriate key performance indicators are used to facilitate 
benchmarking and peer group comparison. Financial plans, including budgets and 
forecasts, are regularly discussed at Board meetings. Monthly reports to Non-executive 
Directors are issued, covering financial and operating highlights.

During the year, the interaction of Non-executive Directors with non-Director members of the 
management team was strengthened. In addition to receiving presentations from non-Board 
management members at Board meetings, Non-executive Directors also interacted with the 
management team in company events. These included the annual “Company Day” when 
the management team shared management objectives for the coming year with all Head 
office staff and supervisors of the building offices. These facilitate the build-up of 
constructive relations and dialogue between the Board and the management team.

Directors are also kept updated of any material developments from time to time through 
notifications and circulars detailing the relevant background and explanatory information. 
As described above, Directors also have access to non-Director members of management 
and staff where appropriate. Collectively, these processes ensure that the Board receives 
the answers and information it needs to fulfill its obligations. 

The Board also moved to electronic Board papers via iPad – a contribution, albeit small, 
towards supporting our objective of reducing the use of printed paper across our business 
in light of sustainability. It also clearly demonstrates the Board’s willingness to embrace 
new technology and further enhance the effectiveness of communications.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW70

Corporate Governance Report

INDUCTION, BUSINESS AWARENESS AND DEVELOPMENT

Upon their appointment, Directors are advised on the legal and other duties and obligations 
they have as directors of a listed company. Newly appointed Directors receive a 
comprehensive induction briefing designed to provide a general understanding of the Group, 
its businesses, the operations of the Board and the main issues it faces, as well as an 
overview of the additional responsibilities of Non-executive Directors. Discussion sessions 
with key members of management are also held.

Through the course of their directorship, Directors are updated on any developments or 
changes affecting the Company and their obligations to it at regular Board meetings. 

In order to ensure that Directors continue to further their understanding of the issues 
facing the Group, management has further strengthened the provision of presentations, 
presentations by industry experts on macro and market environment affecting the Group 
and the property leasing industry, and regulatory issues. The following is a summary of 
Director training provided by us and participated by Directors during the year. In addition to 
activities organised by us, Directors also participated in other forms of training. 

Directors

2013 Training Matters organised by Hysan (Note)

Executive 
Irene Yun Lien LEE
Siu Chuen LAU
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG

Independent non-executive
Nicholas Charles ALLEN
Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE 
Philip Yan Hok FAN
Joseph Chung Yin POON

Non-executive 
Hans Michael JEBSEN
Anthony Hsien Pin LEE
Chien LEE
Michael Tze Hau LEE

a, b, c, d
a, b, c
a, b, c, d

a, b, c, d
a, b, c
a, b, c, d
a, c

d
a, b, c
a, b, c, d
b, c

Notes:
a. regulatory update (new Companies Ordinance)
b. market environment and competitive landscape affecting the Group’s leasing business (China property (including 

retail) market overview and implications for Hong Kong; Hong Kong office market: changing trends and 
considerations from tenant perspective)

c.  broad macro environment – changing social-political dynamics in Hong Kong
d. training organised by third parties, with invitation extended to Hysan Directors – these included 2013 Hong Kong 

budget discussion forum and quarterly independent non-executive director forums organised by Big Four accounting 
firms

BOARD PROCESS AND ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURES

Board discussions are held in a collaborative atmosphere of mutual respect and open 
discussions allowing for questions, and constructive challenge where appropriate. In this 
light, we aim to continually enhance the Board process. Improvement areas identified 
include convening an additional meeting in 2014 for discussion on group strategy matters, 
and allowing more time for discussions at each Board meetings.

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

It is recognised that there may be occasions when one or more Directors feel that it is 
necessary to obtain independent legal and/or financial advice for the purposes of fulfilling 
their obligations. Such advice may be obtained at the Company’s expense and there is an 
agreed upon procedure to enable Directors to obtain such advice, as stated in our 
Corporate Governance Guidelines. 

71

Pre-meeting sessions 
with external and 
internal auditors held 
without management 
presence

Board Committees in 2013
In order to provide effective oversight and leadership and pursuant to its Corporate 
Governance Guidelines, the Board has established 3 governance-related Board Committees 
as detailed below. Like the Board, each Committee has access to independent advice and 
counsel as required and each is supported by the Company Secretary. These committees 
report to the Board. The terms of reference of these Committees are available on the 
Company’s website. It was an active year for the Audit Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee in particular, as detailed below.

Strategic planning is an important function of the Board. Moving forward, an additional 
scheduled Board meeting will be held from 2014 onwards for discussions on strategy 
matters. The Board also has a Strategy Committee to support it in this regard.  
It is currently chaired by Irene Yun Lien LEE, Board Chairman, and its other members are 
Siu Chuen LAU (Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Nicholas Charles ALLEN, 
Philip Yan Hok FAN and Chien LEE. 

AUDIT COMMITTEE

COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS SCHEDULE

The Audit Committee is currently chaired by Nicholas Charles ALLEN (Independent  
non-executive Director), and its other members are Anthony Hsien Pin LEE (Non-executive 
Director) and Philip Yan Hok FAN (Independent non-executive Director). There is an overall 
majority of Independent non-executive Directors. Nicholas Charles ALLEN (Chairman) is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and a member of the 
Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He has extensive experience in 
auditing and accounting, which he developed while working with a “Big Four” international 
firm. The Audit Committee had three meetings during the year. At the invitation of the Audit 
Committee, meetings are also attended by the Chairman and members of management 
(including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer).

ROLES AND AUTHORITY

Hysan believes a clear appreciation of the separate roles of management, the external 
auditors and Audit Committee members is crucial to the effective functioning of an audit 
committee. Management of Hysan is responsible for selecting appropriate accounting 
policies and the preparation of the financial statements. Formal statements of 
responsibilities of Directors in relation thereto are contained elsewhere in this Annual 
Report. The external auditors are responsible for auditing and attesting to the Group’s 
financial statements and evaluating the Group’s system of internal controls, to the extent 
that they consider necessary to support their audit report. The Audit Committee is 
responsible for overseeing the entire process.

The Audit Committee also has the responsibility of reviewing the Group’s “whistle-blowing” 
procedures allowing employees to raise concerns, in confidence or anonymously, about 
possible breaches of the Group’s Code of Ethics and to ensure that these arrangements 
allow proportionate and independent investigation of such matters and appropriate follow 
up action.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW72

Corporate Governance Report

How the Audit Committee spent its time (%)

34%

42%

12%

12%

Financial reporting

Internal audit

External audit

Internal controls and risk management 

ACTIVITIES AND REPORT IN 2013 AND TO DATE

Full details of the activities of the Audit Committee are also set out in the “Audit Committee 
Report” on pages 93 to 96. Three meetings were held during the year. Attendance of Audit 
Committee meetings is set out in the table on page 65. In addition to reviewing and 
approving annual and interim financial statements, the Committee had a separate meeting 
focusing on internal controls and risk management. During the year, a focus was placed on 
further integrating our internal controls and risk management system with other key 
business processes (including budgeting and the formalisation of key risk performance 
indicators in management reporting), and further enhancing the internal controls 
effectiveness review process. (Details are also set out in the “Internal Controls and Risk 
Management” Report on pages 50 to 53)

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS SCHEDULE

The Group established the Remuneration Committee in 1987 to review the compensation 
of Executive Directors. The current Remuneration Committee is chaired by Philip Yan Hok 
FAN, Independent non-executive Director. The other members of the Remuneration 
Committee are Michael Tze Hau LEE (Non-executive Director) and Joseph Chung Yin POON 
(Independent non-executive Director). It currently has an overall majority of Independent 
non-executive Directors. The Remuneration Committee generally meets at least once  
every year. 

ROLES AND AUTHORITY

Management makes recommendations to the Remuneration Committee on Hysan’s 
framework for, and cost of, Executive Director remuneration. The Committee then reviews 
these, and makes recommendations to the Board. The Remuneration Committee also 
reviews the fee payable to Non-executive Directors prior to its being submitted for approval 
at the AGM. In addition, it also reviews new share option plans, changes to key terms of 
pension plans, and key terms of new compensation and benefits plans with material 
financial, reputational, and strategic impact. No Director is involved in deciding his or her 
own remuneration. 

73

How the Remuneration Committee spent its time (%)

50%

50%

Executive Director Compensation

Broad policy matters relating 
to the Group's senior executive 
compensation structure

ACTIVITIES AND REPORT IN 2013 AND TO DATE

Full details of the activities of the Remuneration Committee are set out in the “Directors’ 
Remuneration and Interests Report” on pages 85 to 92. Two meetings were held during the 
year. An additional meeting was held in December 2013 to consider and approve proposed 
refinement of (non-Board) senior management team’s compensation structure so as to 
better align pay and performance and drive long-term success of the Company. Attendance 
of Remuneration Committee meeting is set out in the table on page 65.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS SCHEDULE

The Board established a Nomination Committee in 2005. The Nomination Committee is 
currently chaired by Irene Yun Lien LEE, Chairman of the Board and has a majority of 
Independent non-executive Directors. The other members of the Nomination Committee 
during the year are Philip Yan Hok FAN (Independent non-executive Director), Chien LEE 
(Non-executive Director), Nicholas Charles ALLEN (Independent non-executive Director), and 
Joseph Chung Yin POON (Independent non-executive Director). 

ROLES AND AUTHORITY

The Nomination Committee is responsible for nominating candidates, for Board approval, to 
fill Board vacancies as and when they arise, and for evaluating the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience of the Board. The Committee also reviews the independence of 
Directors pursuant to Listing Rules requirements. The terms of reference of the Nomination 
Committee clearly set out that the Chairman of the Board shall not chair the Nomination 
Committee when it is dealing with the matter of succession of the chairmanship.

A meeting was held during the year to (i) review the structure, size, and composition of the 
Board; and (ii) assess the independence of Independent non-executive Directors. 
Attendance of Nomination Committee meeting is set out in the table on page 65.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW74

Corporate Governance Report

Shareholders
The Board and management fully recognise the significance and importance of having a 
governance framework that protects shareholder rights and their exercise of the same. At 
the same time, we aim to continually improve our communications with shareholders and to 
obtain their feedback. 

COMMUNICATION WITH SHAREHOLDERS

ACCOUNTABILITY TO SHAREHOLDERS AND CORPORATE REPORTING

Disciplined measurement of our performance is an important aspect of our strategy to 
achieve long-term success. Recognising that we are accountable to our stakeholders, 
reporting financial and non-financial results in a transparent fashion is critical. A number of 
formal communication channels are used to account to shareholders for the performance 
of the Group. These include the Annual Report and Accounts, Interim Report and Accounts 
and press releases/announcements. 

Hysan’s corporate website provides an additional channel for shareholders and other 
interested parties to access information about the Group. The Group’s key corporate 
governance policies and supporting documents, including the terms of reference of the 
various Board Committees, as well as the Group’s financial reports, press releases and 
announcements are available on the website. Shareholders are given the option of electing 
to receive corporate communications by electronic means. We continue to review how to 
better utilise the Company’s website for the purposes of timely disclosure and to enhance 
transparency.

Shareholders may raise enquiries to the Board by contacting the Group’s Investors 
Relations function. 

INSTITUTIONAL SHAREHOLDERS

We are committed to maintaining a continuing open dialogue with institutional investors, 
fund managers and analysts as a means of developing their understanding of our strategy, 
operations, management and plans, and enabling them to raise any issues they may have. 
The Company has an ongoing programme of dialogue and meetings between Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and institutional investors, fund managers and 
analysts. At these meetings, a wide range of relevant issues, including strategy, 
performance, management and governance, are discussed within the constraints of 
information already made public. There are regular presentations to or conference calls 
with analysts and investors, also at the time of announcement of results. Results 
announcement presentations to analysts are also disseminated to a broader audience by 
way of webcast. Investor relations reports describing investor and analyst opinions are 
provided regularly to the Board. 

75

CONSTRUCTIVE USE OF AGM 

The Board is equally interested in the concerns of private shareholders. The Company 
Secretary, on behalf of the Board, oversees communication with these investors. The Board 
recognises the significance of the constructive use of AGMs as a means to enter into a 
dialogue with private shareholders based on the mutual understanding of objectives. 
Individual shareholders can put questions to the Chairman at the AGM. The Chairmen of 
the various Board Committees, as provided under their respective terms of references, 
attend AGMs to respond to any shareholder questions on the activities of those 
Committees.

Since 2004, to enable shareholders to gain a better understanding of our business 
activities, we have included a “business review” session to our AGMs, in addition to the 
statutory part of the meeting. Topics covered at the last AGM included the business 
environment in 2012, a review of business activities, and the Company’s outlook for 2013. 
The Company values the contributions of its shareholders during the question and answer 
session following the statutory part of the meeting. 

CORPORATE DISCLOSURE POLICY

We recognise the significance of consistent disclosure practices aimed at accurate, timely 
and broadly disseminated disclosure of material information about Hysan. The Group’s 
Corporate Disclosure Policy provides guidance for coordinating the disclosure of material 
information to investors, analysts and media as well as our processes for results 
announcements. This policy also identifies who may speak on Hysan’s behalf, and outlines 
the responsibilities for communications with various stakeholders groups. It has been 
updated in light of the new “inside information” disclosure regime under the Securities and 
Futures Ordinance, effective January 2013. (Details of the Corporate Disclosure Policy are 
available at the Company’s website: www.hysan.com.hk)

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

SELF-FUNDED PROGRAMME TO PROACTIVELY FORWARD SHAREHOLDER 
COMMUNICATION MATERIALS VIA NOMINEE COMPANIES

Shareholders must be furnished with sufficient and timely information concerning the 
Company and any material developments. There is currently no requirement in Hong Kong 
providing for mandatory forwarding of shareholder communication materials by nominee 
companies to beneficial shareholders. Since 2005, we have initiated and funded a 
programme inviting major nominee companies to proactively forward communication 
materials to shareholders at our expense. We have balanced this with the Group’s aim to 
further enhance the use of its corporate website as a means of shareholder 
communications. Greater publicity of the Group’s website is being made.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW76

Corporate Governance Report

PROVISION OF SUFFICIENT AND TIMELY INFORMATION

We recognise the significance of providing information to shareholders to enable them to 
make an informed assessment for the purposes of voting on each of the items put before 
shareholders at the AGM. Copies of the Annual Report, and financial statements and 
related papers were dispatched to shareholders over 30 days prior to the AGM (statutory 
requirement: 21 days). Comprehensive information on each resolution to be proposed is 
also provided. 

VOTING

We recognise shareholders’ rights in exercising control proportionate to their equity 
ownership and we support the principle of voting by poll. Since 2004, the Company has 
conducted all voting at its AGMs by poll. The poll is conducted by the Company’s Registrar 
and scrutinised by the Group’s auditors. Procedures for conducting a poll are included in 
the circular to shareholders accompanying the Notice of AGM and are again explained to 
the general meeting prior to the taking of the poll. Poll results are announced and posted 
on the websites of both the Stock Exchange and the Company. 

RELEVANT PROVISIONS IN ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND HONG KONG LAW

Under the current Articles of Association of the Company and Hong Kong Companies 
Ordinance (with new amendments effective 3 March 2014), shareholders holding not less 
than 5% of the total voting rights of shareholders of the Company (“5% Shareholder”) may 
convene a general meeting by requisition stating the objects of the meeting, and deposit 
the signed requisition at the Company’s registered office (49/F, The Lee Gardens, 33 Hysan 
Avenue, Hong Kong. Attention: The Company Secretary). Any 5% Shareholder may also 
requisition for passing of resolutions by way of written resolutions. Any shareholders 
holding not less than 2.5% of the total voting rights of shareholders of the Company (or 50 
or more shareholders entitled to vote) may requisition for the circulation of resolutions to 
be moved at annual general meetings; and circulation of statements regarding resolutions 
proposed at general meetings. The special documents should be deposited at the 
Company’s registered address as detailed above.

Hong Kong Companies Ordinance also provides for shareholder approval of decisions 
concerning fundamental corporate changes, including amendments to the Articles of 
Association. The amended Ordinance also provides for disinterested shareholder approval 
(excluding these shareholders related to the relevant directors) for certain transactions with 
directors as well as their connected entities, and ratification of director misconduct. 

There are no limitations imposed by Hong Kong law or the Articles of Association on the 
right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote on the Company’s shares other 
than those limitations that would generally apply to all shareholders.

No changes have been made to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association 
during the year. Changes reflecting the impact of the amended Companies Ordinance will 
be proposed and considered by shareholders at the AGM to be held in May 2014. 

77

The Directors submit their report together with the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013, which 
were approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) on 7 March 2014.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the Group continued throughout 2013 to be property investment, management, and development. 
Details of the Group’s principal subsidiaries and associates as at 31 December 2013 are set out in notes 18 and 19 
respectively to the financial statements.

The turnover and results of the Group are principally derived from leasing of investment properties located in Hong Kong. The 
Group’s turnover and results by operating segment are set out in note 5 to the financial statements. A detailed review of the 
development of the business of the Group during the year, and likely future developments, is set out in Chairman’s Statement 
and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of this Annual Report.

RESULTS AND APPROPRIATIONS
The results of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2013 are set out in the consolidated income statement on page 100.

The first interim dividend of HK22 cents per share, amounting to approximately HK$234 million, was paid to shareholders 
during the year.

The Board declares a second interim dividend of HK95 cents per share to the shareholders on the register of members on 
24 March 2014, absorbing approximately HK$1,010 million. The dividends declared and paid for ordinary shares in respect of 
the full year 2013 will absorb approximately HK$1,244 million, the balance of the profit will be retained.

RESERVES
Movements during the year in the reserves of the Group and the Company are set out in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity on pages 104 and 105 and note 32 to the financial statements respectively.

INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
All of the Group’s investment properties were revalued by an independent professional valuer as at 31 December 2013 using 
the fair value model. Details of movements during the year in the investment properties of the Group are set out in note 16 to 
the financial statements.

Details of the major investment properties of the Group as at 31 December 2013 are set out in the section under Schedule of 
Principal Properties of this Annual Report.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Details of movements during the year in the property, plant and equipment of the Group and the Company are set out in note 17 
to the financial statements.

SHARE CAPITAL
Details of movements in the share capital of the Company during the year are set out in note 31 to the financial statements.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWDirectors’ Report78

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company is committed to maintaining a high standard of corporate governance and, save as otherwise stated and 
explained in the Corporate Governance Report, meets the requirements of the code provisions of the Code on Corporate 
Governance Practice (the “Corporate Governance Code”) as set out in Appendix 14 of the Rules Governing the Listing of 
Securities (the “Listing Rules”) on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”).

Further information on the Company’s corporate governance practices is set out in the following separate reports:

(a)  “Corporate Governance Report” (pages 60 to 76) – it gives detailed information on the Company’s compliance with the 

Corporate Governance Code, and adoption of local and international best practices;

(b)  “Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report” (pages 85 to 92) – it gives detailed information of Directors’ remuneration 
and interests (including information on Directors’ compensation, service contracts, Directors’ interests in shares; contracts 
and competing business);

(c)  “Audit Committee Report” (pages 93 to 96) – it sets out the terms of reference, work performed and findings of the Audit 

Committee for the year;

(d)  “Internal Controls and Risk Management Report” (pages 50 to 53) – it sets out the Company’s framework on internal 

controls and risks assessment (including control environment, control activities, work done during the year and the focus 
for 2014); and

(e)  “Corporate Responsibility Report” – it sets out the Company’s corporate responsibility policies and practices reflecting its 

commitment to maintaining a high standard of corporate governance.

THE BOARD
The Board is currently chaired by Irene Yun Lien LEE, Chairman, with Siu Chuen LAU as Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. 
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG serves as Executive Director and Company Secretary. There are eight other Non-executive Directors.

Kam Wing LI and Irene Yun Lien LEE served as alternate Directors throughout the year.

Save as otherwise mentioned, other Directors whose names and biographies appear on pages 56 to 59 have been Directors of 
the Company throughout the year.

According to Article 97 of the Company’s current Articles of Association, a Director appointed either to fill a casual vacancy or 
as an addition to the Board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting.

Under Article 114 of the Company’s current Articles of Association, one-third (or such other number as may be required under 
applicable legislation) of the Directors; and where the applicable number is not an integral number, to be rounded upwards, who 
have been longest in office shall retire from office by rotation. A retiring Director is eligible for re-election.

Particulars of Directors seeking for re-election at the forthcoming annual general meeting are set out in the related circular to 
shareholders.

The Company has received from each Independent non-executive Director an annual confirmation of his independence as 
regard each of the factors referred to in Rule 3.13 (1) to (8) of the Listing Rules and the Company considered all of them to 
be independent. The Nomination Committee also reviewed director independence in a meeting held in November 2013. (see 
Corporate Governance Report)

Directors’ Report continued79

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES
Details of the interests and short positions of the Directors in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company and 
its associated corporations are set out in “Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report” on pages 85 to 92.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS’ AND OTHER PERSONS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES
As at 31 December 2013, the interests or short positions of substantial shareholders and other persons of the Company, in 
the shares and underlying shares of the Company as recorded in the register required to be kept under section 336 of the 
Securities and Futures Ordinance (“SFO”), or as otherwise notified to the Company, were as follows:

Aggregate long positions in shares and underlying shares of the Company

Name 

Capacity 

Lee Hysan Estate Company, Limited 

Lee Hysan Company Limited 

Silchester International Investors LLP 

EII Capital Holding, Inc. 

Christian LANGE 

Notes:

Beneficial owner and 
interests of 
controlled corporations

Interests of controlled 
corporations 

Investment manager 

Interests of controlled 
corporations 

Interests of controlled 
corporations 

Number of 
ordinary 
shares held 

433,130,735 
(Note b)

433,130,735 
(Note b)

64,956,000 

53,445,602 
(Note c)

53,445,602 
(Note c)

% of the
issued
share
capital
(Note a)

40.72

40.72

6.11

5.02

5.02

(a)  The percentage has been compiled based on the total number of shares of the Company in issue as at 31 December 2013 (i.e. 

1,063,633,043 ordinary shares).

(b)  These interests represent the same block of shares of the Company. 270,118,724 shares were held by Lee Hysan Estate Company, 

Limited (“LHE”) and 163,012,011 shares were held by certain subsidiaries of LHE. LHE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lee Hysan 
Company Limited.

(c)  These interests represent the same block of shares of the Company. Such shares were held through EII Capital Holding, Inc. in which 

Christian LANGE holds 43.16% interest.

Apart from the above, no other interest or short position in the shares or underlying shares of the Company were recorded in 
the register required to be kept under section 336 of the SFO as at 31 December 2013.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Group entered into certain transactions with parties regarded as “Related Parties” under applicable accounting principles. 
These mainly relate to contracts entered into by the Group in the ordinary course of business, which contracts were negotiated 
on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis. Further details are set out in note 37 to the financial statements.

Some of these transactions also constitute “Continuing Connected Transactions” under the Listing Rules, as identified below.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS
Certain transactions entered into by the Group constituted continuing connected transactions (the “Transactions”) under 
Rule 14A.34 of the Listing Rules during the year. Details of the Transactions required to be disclosed are set out as follows:

Leases granted by the Group

I. 
(a)  The Lee Gardens, 33 Hysan Avenue, Hong Kong (“The Lee Gardens”)

The following lease arrangement was entered into by Perfect Win Properties Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company and property owner of The Lee Gardens, as landlord, with Oxer Limited (“Oxer”), an associate of Michael Tze Hau 
LEE, Non-executive Director of the Company. Details of the lease arrangement are set out below:

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

Oxer Limited  
(Note b) 

14 June 2010 
  (Lease and Carpark 
  Licence Agreement) 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 July 2010 
  (Note c) 

Rooms 3703 and 
  3704 on the 37th 
  Floor and
  1 carparking
  space

Annual consideration
(Note a)

2013: 

HK$821,238
(on pro-rata basis)

(b)  Lee Gardens Two, 28 Yun Ping Road, Hong Kong (“Lee Gardens Two”)

The following lease arrangements were entered into by Barrowgate Limited (“Barrowgate”), a 65.36% subsidiary of the 
Company and property owner of Lee Gardens Two, as landlord, with the following connected persons:

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

(i) 

Jebsen and  
  Company 
  Limited 
  (Note d)

(1)  31 March 2010   3 years commencing  

  (Lease) 

  from 1 September 2010 

(2)  28 March 2013  5 years commencing 

  from 1 September 2013 

  (Lease and  
  Carpark Licence    (Note e) 
  Agreement) 
  (Renewal) 

Office units on the 
  28th, 30th and 
  31st Floors

Office units on the 
  28th, 30th and 
  31st Floors and 
  3 carparking  
  spaces 

Annual consideration
(Note a)

2013: HK$13,868,368
(on pro-rata basis)

2013:  HK$9,570,800
(on pro-rata basis)
2014: HK$28,884,708
2015: HK$28,884,708
2016: HK$28,884,708
2017: HK$28,884,708
2018: HK$19,256,472
(on pro-rata basis)
(Notes f & l)

Directors’ Report continued 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
81

Annual consideration
(Note a)

2013: HK$14,267,446
(on pro-rata basis)
(Notes h & i)

CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS continued
I. 
(b)  Lee Gardens Two, 28 Yun Ping Road, Hong Kong (“Lee Gardens Two”) continued

Leases granted by the Group continued

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

(ii)  Hang Seng  
  Bank 
  Limited 
  (Note d) 

(1)  15 October 2007 

  (Note g) 

72 months commencing  Shop G13A on the 
  Ground Floor and 
  from 15 October 2007 
  Shops 2-10 and 
  (for Shops 2-10 
  11-12 on the Lower
  on the Lower 
  Ground Floor) 
  Ground Floor
68 months commencing
  from 15 February 2008
  (for Shop G13A on
  the Ground Floor 
  and Shops 11-12 
  on the Lower 
  Ground Floor)
  (Note e)

(2)  16 August 2013 
  (Lease and  
  Licence  
  Agreement) 
  (Renewal) 

2 years, 4 months  
  and 15 days 
  commencing from 
  15 October 2013 

(iii)  Pearl Investments  24 May 2011 

  (HK) Limited 
  (Note j) 

  (Lease and Carpark 
  Licence Agreement) 

3 years commencing 
  from 15 May 2011 

(iv)  MF Jebsen 

  7 September 2010 

  International 
  Limited 
  (Note k) 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 February 2011 
  (Note k) 

2013:  HK$5,830,620
Shop G13A on the 
(on pro-rata basis)
  Ground Floor and 
  Shops 2-10 and 
2014: HK$27,455,580
  11-12 on the Lower  2015: HK$27,455,580
2016:  HK$4,575,930
  Ground Floor and 
  certain areas on 
(on pro-rata basis)
  the Lower Ground
  Floor and Ground 
  Floor

Room 1401C on the  2013:  HK$2,061,096
HK$770,130
  14th Floor and 
(on pro-rata basis)
  1 carparking space 
(Note l)

2014: 

Office units on 
  the 25th Floor 

2013: 

HK$601,129
(on pro-rata basis)

(c)  One Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong (“One Hysan Avenue”)

The following lease arrangement was entered into by OHA Property Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company and property owner of One Hysan Avenue, as landlord, with Atlas Corporate Management Limited, a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of LHE, a substantial shareholder of the Company (holding 40.72% interest). Details of the lease are set out 
below:

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

Atlas Corporate  
  Management  
  Limited 

4 November 2011 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 November 2011 

Whole of 21st Floor 

Annual consideration
(Note a)

2013:  HK$2,811,720
2014:  HK$2,343,100
(on pro-rata basis)
(Note l)

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
  
82

CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS continued
II.  Provision of leasing and property management services to a non wholly-owned subsidiary regarding Lee Gardens Two
(a)  The following management agreement was entered into by Hysan Leasing Company Limited (“Hysan Leasing”), a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of the Company, with Barrowgate for the provision of leasing, marketing and lease administration services to 
Lee Gardens Two:

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

Barrowgate  
  Limited 

(1)  31 March 2010 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 April 2010 

Whole premises of  
  Lee Gardens Two 

(2)  28 March 2013 
  (Renewal) 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 April 2013 

Whole premises of  
  Lee Gardens Two 

Consideration

HK$8,798,739
(Note m)

HK$34,779,176
(Note n)

(b)  The following management agreement was entered into by Hysan Property Management Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary 

of the Company, with Barrowgate for the provision of property management services to Lee Gardens Two:

Connected person 

Date of agreement 

Terms 

Premises 

Barrowgate  
  Limited 

(1)  31 March 2010 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 April 2010 

Whole premises of  
  Lee Gardens Two 

(2)  28 March 2013 
  (Renewal) 

3 years commencing 
  from 1 April 2013 

Whole premises of  
  Lee Gardens Two 

Consideration

HK$606,635
(Note m)

HK$2,536,584
(Note n)

Notes:

(a)  The annual considerations are based on current rates of rental, operating charges, (for retail premises) promotional levies and (for 

carparking spaces) licence fees for each of the relevant financial years as provided in the relevant agreements. The rental, operating 
charges, promotional levies and licence fees (as the case may be) are payable monthly in advance.

(b)  Oxer is a connected person of the Company by virtue of its being an associate of Michael Tze Hau LEE, Non-executive Director of the 

Company.

(c)  The lease and carpark licence agreement had been renewed for a term of 9 months commencing from 1 July 2013 to 31 March 2014 and 
a further term of 3 months commencing from 1 April 2014 to 30 June 2014. The carpark licence agreement had been early terminated on 
30 April 2014.

(d) 

Jebsen and Company Limited (“Jebsen and Company”) and Hang Seng Bank Limited (“Hang Seng”) are beneficial substantial shareholders 
of Barrowgate and having equity interest of 10% and 24.64% respectively in Barrowgate.

(e)  The term of the agreements mentioned under I(b)(i) and I(b)(ii) above exceeds 3 years. According to Listing Rules requirement, an 

independent financial adviser to the Board was engaged in each case. It formed the view, in each case, that the term with duration longer 
than 3 years was required and it was normal business practice for leases of this type to be of such duration.

(f) 

The rent for the period from 1 September 2016 to 31 August 2018 will be reviewed at the then prevailing market rent and to be agreed by 
Barrowgate and Jebsen and Company.

(g)  Barrowgate and Hang Seng entered into an agreement for lease dated 15 October 2007. A formal lease agreement, a supplemental deed 
and an endorsement (following rent review as provided under the lease arrangements) in respect of the premises mentioned under I(b)(ii) 
above were entered on 15 February 2008, 13 May 2008 and 22 November 2010 respectively.

(h)  Pursuant to an endorsement dated 22 November 2010 as mentioned in Note (g) above, the rent for the period from 15 October 2010 to 

14 October 2013 was revised at the then prevailing market rent.

(i) 

(j) 

The retail monthly operating charges and promotional levies for Lee Gardens Two were revised with effect from 1 January 2013.

Pearl Investments (HK) Limited is a connected person of the Company by virtue of its being an associate of Chien LEE, Non-executive 
Director of the Company.

(k)  MF Jebsen International Limited is a connected person of the Company by virtue of its being controlled (more than 50%) by the brother of 

Hans Michael JEBSEN, Non-executive Director of the Company. The lease was early terminated on 31 January 2013.

(l) 

The office monthly operating charges for One Hysan Avenue were revised with effect from 1 January 2013. The office monthly operating 
charges and carpark licence fees for Lee Gardens Two were both revised with effect from 1 January 2014.

(m)  These represent the actual consideration received for the period from 1 January 2013 to 31 March 2013, calculated on the basis of the 

fee schedules as prescribed in the respective management agreements.

(n)  These represent the actual consideration received for the period from 1 April 2013 to 31 December 2013, calculated on the basis of the 

fee schedules as prescribed in the respective management agreements.

Directors’ Report continued 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
83

CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS continued
All the Transactions were entered in the ordinary and usual course of business of the respective companies after due 
negotiations on an arm’s length basis with reference to the prevailing market conditions.

Announcements were published regarding the Transactions in accordance with the Listing Rules. The Company confirms that 
it has complied with the disclosure requirements in accordance with Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules in so far as they are 
applicable.

Pursuant to Rule 14A.38 of the Listing Rules, the Company’s auditor was engaged to report on the Group’s continuing 
connected transactions in accordance with Hong Kong Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 “Assurance Engagements 
Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information” and with reference to Practice Note 740 “Auditor’s Letter on 
Continuing Connected Transactions under the Hong Kong Listing Rules” issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants. The auditor has issued his unqualified letter containing his findings and conclusions in respect of the continuing 
connected transactions disclosed by the Group in pages 80 to 83 of the Annual Report in accordance with Rule 14A.38 of the 
Listing Rules. A copy of the auditor’s letter has been provided by the Company to the Stock Exchange.

All Independent non-executive Directors of the Company have reviewed the Transactions and the report of the auditor and 
confirmed that the respective contracts and terms of the Transactions are:

1. 

in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Company;

2.  on normal commercial terms; and

3. 

in accordance with the relevant agreement governing them on terms that are fair and reasonable and in the commercial 
interests of the Group as a whole.

INTEREST IN CONTRACTS OF SIGNIFICANCE
The management agreement between Barrowgate and Hysan Leasing is considered a contract of significance under 
paragraph 15 of Appendix 16 of the Listing Rules due to its annual consideration having a percentage ratio of 1.75% from 
the calculation of the revenue test (the percentage ratios for assets ratio and consideration ratio are 0.06% and 0.12% 
respectively). Details of the transaction are set out under II(a) of “Continuing Connected Transactions”.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS
During the year, 35.91% of the aggregate amount of purchases were attributable to the Group’s 5 largest suppliers with the 
largest supplier accounting for 20.13% of the Group’s total purchases. The aggregate amount of turnover attributable to the 
Group’s 5 largest customers was less than 30% (being the Listing Rule disclosure threshold) of total turnover of the Group.

None of the Directors, their associates or any shareholder (which to the knowledge of the Directors owns more than 5% of the 
Company’s issued share capital) has any interest in the Group’s 5 largest suppliers.

PURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES
During the year, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries purchased, sold or redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities.

PUBLIC FLOAT
Based on the information that is publicly available to the Company and within the knowledge of the Directors, the Company has 
maintained the prescribed amount of public float during the year and up to the date of this report as required under the Listing 
Rules.

DONATIONS
During the year, the Group made donations of approximately HK$0.5 million to charitable and non-profit-making organisations.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW84

AUDITOR
A resolution for the re-appointment of Messrs. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu as auditor of the Company is to be proposed at the 
2014 AGM.

By Order of the Board
Irene Yun Lien LEE
Chairman

Hong Kong, 7 March 2014 

Directors’ Report continued85

COMPENSATION REVIEW
Remuneration Committee
The Board recognises the significance of having in place a transparent and objective process for determining Executive Director 
compensation. The Remuneration Committee (first established in 1987) reviews and determines the remuneration of Executive 
Directors as well as recommending for shareholder approval fees payable to Non-executive Directors. Its terms of reference 
have been expanded to cover review of share option plans, changes to key terms of service pension plans, and key terms of 
new compensation and benefits plan with material financial, reputational, and strategic impact.

The Remuneration Committee currently has 3 members (with a majority of Independent non-executive Directors). It is chaired 
by Philip Yan Hok FAN, Independent non-executive Director and the other members are Joseph Chung Yin POON, Independent 
non-executive Director and Michael Tze Hau LEE, Non-executive Director.

Management makes recommendations to the Committee on the Company’s framework for, and cost of, Executive Director 
remuneration and the Committee then reviews these recommendations. Fees payable to other Non-executive Directors are 
reviewed from time to time. Independent professional advice will be sought where appropriate. On matters other than those 
concerning them, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer may be invited to Committee meetings. No Director is involved in 
deciding his own remuneration.

Executive Director Remuneration Policy
The Group’s remuneration policy aims to provide a fair market remuneration in a form and value to attract, retain and motivate 
high quality staff. At the same time, such awards must be aligned with shareholder interests.

The following principles had been established:

•  Remuneration package will consist of several components: (i) fixed part (base salary and benefits); (ii) performance-based 
(bonus); and (iii) long-term incentives (executive share options). The structure will reflect a fair system of reward for all the 
participants, emphasizing performance.

•  Remuneration packages are set at levels to ensure comparability and competitiveness with Hong Kong-based companies 
competing within a similar talent pool, with particular emphasis on the property industry. Independent professional advice 
will be sought to supplement internal resources where appropriate.

• 

The Committee will determine the overall amount of each component of remuneration, taking into account both quantitative 
and qualitative assessment of performance.

•  Remuneration policy and practice will be as transparent as possible.

• 

• 

• 

Executive Directors will develop a significant personal shareholding pursuant to the executive share options in order to 
align their interests with those of shareholders.

Pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group will be taken into account.

The remuneration policy for Executive Directors will be reviewed regularly, independently of executive management.

Details of Director (including individual Executive Director) emoluments for year 2013 and options movement during the year are 
set out in notes 12 and 38 respectively to the financial statements.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWDirectors’ Remuneration and Interests Report86

COMPENSATION REVIEW continued
Non-executive Director Remuneration Policy
Key elements of our Non-executive Director remuneration policy include:

•  Remuneration should be sufficient to attract and retain first class non-executive talent.

•  Remuneration of Non-executive Directors is (subject to shareholder approval) set by the Board and should be proportional 

to their contribution towards the interests of the Company.

•  Remuneration practice should be consistent with recognised best practice standards for Non-executive Directors’ 

remuneration.

•  Remuneration should be in the form of cash fees, payable semi-annually.

•  Non-executive Directors do not receive share options from the Company.

Non-executive Directors received no other compensation from the Group except for the fees disclosed below. None of the 
Non-executive Directors receives any pension benefits from the Company, nor do they participate in any bonus or incentive 
schemes.

Non-executive Directors (including the Independent non-executive Directors) received fees totalling HK$2,090,003.95 for 2013.

2013 Review
The Committee met in February 2013 with all members present to approve the 2013 annual fixed base salary and determine 
the 2012 performance-based bonus of the Executive Directors.

The executive packages were set at levels to ensure comparability and competitiveness with Hong Kong based companies 
competing within a similar talent pool, with particular emphasis on the property industry. Clear performance targets were set.

The Committee held an additional meeting in December 2013 to consider and approve a new compensation structure for 
(non-Director) management staff of the Group. A phased plan to increase the portion of performance-based variable pay was 
approved, to better align pay and performance so as to drive the long-term success of the Company.

March 2014 Review
The Committee met in March 2014 to review (i) 2014 Executive Director compensation packages and 2013 performance-based 
bonus; and (ii) the fee for Non-executive Directors and Board Committee members. All members attended the meeting.

Current Director Fee Levels
Director fees are subject to shareholder approval at general meeting. The current fee scale for Directors and Board 
Committee members are set out below. Executive Directors will not receive any fee. It will be proposed for consideration by 
the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) to be held in May 2014 that the fee payable to Audit Committee 
Chairman and Remuneration Committee Chairman respectively be increased. Details are set out in the circular to shareholders 
accompanying the AGM Notice.

Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report continuedCOMPENSATION REVIEW continued
Current Director Fee Levels continued

Board of Directors (Non-executive Directors only)
Chairman 
Director 

Audit Committee
Chairman 
Member 

Remuneration Committee
Chairman 
Member 

Other Committees
Chairman 
Member 

87

Per annum
HK$

400,000
200,000

100,000
60,000

50,000
40,000

30,000
20,000

Long-term incentives: Share Option Scheme
The Company has outstanding options under an executive share option scheme. The purpose of the scheme was to strengthen 
the link between individual staff and shareholder interests. The power of grant to Executive Directors is vested in the 
Remuneration Committee and endorsed by all Independent non-executive Directors as required under the Rules Governing the 
Listing of Securities (the “Listing Rules”) on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”). The Chairman 
or the Chief Executive Officer may make grants to management staff below Executive Director level.

Key terms of the share option scheme of the Company are summarised as follows:

The 2005 Share Option Scheme (the “2005 Scheme”)
The Company adopted the 2005 Scheme at its AGM held on 10 May 2005, which has a term of 10 years and will be expiring 
on 9 May 2015.

The maximum number of shares in respect of which options may be granted under the 2005 Scheme and any other share 
option scheme of the Company shall not exceed such number of shares as required under the Listing Rules, currently being 
10% of the shares in issue as at 10 May 2005, the date of the AGM approving the 2005 Scheme (being 104,996,365 shares). 
Under the Listing Rules, a listed issuer may seek approval by its shareholders in general meeting for “refreshing” the 10% limit 
under the scheme. The limit on the number of shares which may be issued upon exercise of all outstanding options granted and 
yet to be exercised under the 2005 Scheme and any other share option scheme of the Company must not exceed 30% of the 
shares in issue from time to time (or such number of shares as required under the Listing Rules). No options may be granted if 
such grant will result in this 30% limit being exceeded.

The maximum entitlement of each participant under the 2005 Scheme must not during any 12-month period exceed such 
number of shares as required under the Listing Rules (which is 1% of the total shares in issue as at the date of shareholder 
approval, being 10,499,636 shares). The exercise price shall be at least the highest of (i) the closing price of the shares as 
stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet on the date of grant; (ii) the average of the closing prices of the shares 
as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheets for the 5 business days immediately preceding the date of grant; and 
(iii) the nominal value of the shares. Consideration on each grant of option is HK$1 and is required to be paid within 30 days 
from the date of grant of option, with full payment for exercise price to be made on exercise of the relevant option.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

COMPENSATION REVIEW continued
Long-term incentives: Share Option Scheme continued
Grant and vesting structures
Under the Company’s current policy, grants will be made on a periodic basis. Vesting period is 3 years in equal proportions 
starting from the 1st anniversary and become fully vested on the 3rd anniversary of the grant. Size of grant will be determined 
by reference to base salary multiple and job grades. A clear performance criterion will be a key driver. The Board will review the 
grant and vesting structures from time to time.

Movement of share options
During the year, a total of 994,700 shares options were granted under the 2005 Scheme.

As at 31 December 2013, an aggregate of 2,632,704 shares are issuable for options granted (including 884,990 fully-vested 
shares options) under the 2005 Scheme, representing approximately 0.25% of the issued share capital of the Company.

As at the date of this Report, 95,653,077 shares are issuable under the 2005 Scheme representing 8.99% of the issued share 
capital.

Details of options granted, exercised, cancelled/lapsed and outstanding under the 2005 Scheme during the year are as follows:

Name 

Date of grant 

Executive Directors

Exercise 
price 
HK$ 

Exercise period 
(Note a) 

Balance 
as at 
1.1.2013 

Granted 

Exercised 

Cancelled/ 

Balance
as at
lapsed  31.12.2013
(Note b)

Changes during the year

Irene Yun Lien LEE 

14.5.2012 

33.50  14.5.2013 – 
13.5.2022

261,000 

– 

7.3.2013 

39.92 
(Note c) 

7.3.2014 – 
6.3.2023

– 

265,000 

– 

– 

Siu Chuen LAU 

14.5.2012 

33.50  14.5.2013 – 
 13.5.2022 

242,000 

– 

(80,666) 
(Note d)

– 

261,000

–  265,000

– 

161,334

7.3.2013 

39.92 
(Note c) 

7.3.2014 – 
6.3.2023

– 

246,000 

– 

–  246,000

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG  30.3.2007 

21.25  30.3.2008 – 
29.3.2017 

95,000 

31.3.2008 

21.96  31.3.2009 – 
 30.3.2018 

100,000 

11.3.2009 

11.76  11.3.2010 – 
 10.3.2019 

100,000 

11.3.2010 

22.10  11.3.2011 – 
 10.3.2020 

185,000 

10.3.2011 

35.71  10.3.2012 – 
9.3.2021

103,000 

9.3.2012 

33.79 

9.3.2013 – 
8.3.2022

113,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7.3.2013 

39.92 
(Note c) 

7.3.2014 – 
 6.3.2023

– 

106,700 

(95,000) 
(Note e)

(100,000) 
(Note e)

(100,000) 
(Note e)

(185,000) 
(Note e)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–  103,000

–  113,000

–  106,700

Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

COMPENSATION REVIEW continued
Long-term incentives: Share Option Scheme continued
Movement of share options continued

Name 

Date of grant 

Exercise 
price 
HK$ 

Exercise period 
(Note a) 

Eligible employees 
  (Note f) 

31.3.2008 

21.96  31.3.2009 – 
 30.3.2018

Balance 
as at 
1.1.2013 

17,000 

31.3.2009 

13.30  31.3.2010 – 
 30.3.2019 

170,000 

31.3.2010 

22.45  31.3.2011 – 
 30.3.2020 

272,668 

31.3.2011 

32.00  31.3.2012 – 
 30.3.2021 

261,000 

30.3.2012 

31.61  30.3.2013 – 
 29.3.2022 

372,000 

Changes during the year

Granted 

Exercised 

Cancelled/ 

Balance
as at
lapsed  31.12.2013
(Note b)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17,000

(6,000) 
(Note g)

(21,334) 
(Note h)

(13,659) 
(Note i)

(24,328) 
(Note j)

– 

164,000

– 

251,334

(1,340)  246,001

(11,337)  336,335

28.3.2013 

39.20  28.3.2014 – 
 27.3.2023

(Note k) 

– 

377,000 

– 

(15,000)  362,000

  2,291,668 

994,700 

(625,987) 

(27,677)  2,632,704

Notes:

(a)  All options granted have a vesting period of 3 years in equal proportions starting from the 1st anniversary and become fully vested on the 

3rd anniversary of the grant. In this table, “exercise period” begins with the 1st anniversary of the grant date.

(b)  The options lapsed during the year upon resignations of certain eligible employees.

(c)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 6 March 2013) was HK$39.55.

(d)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$37.90.

(e)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$39.45.

(f) 

Eligible employees are working under employment contracts that are regarded as “continuous contracts” for the purposes of the 
Employment Ordinance.

(g)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$32.65.

(h)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$37.54.

(i) 

(j) 

The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$38.26.

The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$36.97.

(k)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 27 March 2013) was HK$38.60.

Apart from the above, the Company had not granted any share option under the 2005 Scheme to any other persons as required 
to be disclosed under Rule 17.07 of the Listing Rules.

Particulars of the 2005 Scheme are set out in note 38 to the financial statements.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

COMPENSATION REVIEW continued
Long-term incentives: Share Option Scheme continued
Value of share options
Pursuant to Rule 17.08 of the Listing Rules, the value of the share options granted during the year is to be expensed through 
the Group’s income statement over the three-year vesting period of the options.

The fair values of share options granted by the Company were determined by using Black-Scholes option pricing model 
(the “Model”). The Model is one of the commonly used models to estimate the fair value of an option. The variables and 
assumptions used in computing the fair value of the share options are based on the management’s best estimate. The value 
of an option varies with different variables of a number of subjective assumptions. Any change in the variables so adopted may 
materially affect the estimation of the fair value of an option.

The inputs into the Model were as follows:

Date of grant 

Closing share price at the date of grant 
Exercise price 
Risk free rate (Note a) 
Expected life of option (Note b) 
Expected volatility (Note c) 
Expected dividend per annum (Note d) 
Estimated fair values per share option 

Notes:

28.3.2013 

7.3.2013

HK$39.200 
HK$39.200 
0.515% 
5 years 
41.272% 
HK$0.768 
HK$12.051 

HK$39.850
HK$39.920
0.533%
5 years
41.256%
HK$0.768
HK$12.439

(a)  Risk free rate: being the approximate yields of 5-year Exchange Fund Notes traded on the date of grant, matching the expected life of each 

option.

(b)  Expected life of option: being the period of 5 years commencing on the date of grant, based on management’s best estimates for the 

effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioural consideration.

(c)  Expected volatility: being the approximate historical volatility of closing prices of the shares of the Company in the past 5 years immediately 

before the date of grant.

(d)  Expected dividend per annum: being the approximate average annual cash dividend for the past 5 financial years.

SERVICE CONTRACTS
No Director proposed for re-election at the forthcoming AGM has a service contract with the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
that is not determinable by the Group within 1 year without payment of compensation (other than statutory compensation).

Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report continued91

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES
As at 31 December 2013, the interests and short positions of the Directors in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of 
the Company and its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (“SFO”)) 
as recorded in the register required to be kept under section 352 of the SFO; or as otherwise notified to the Company and the 
Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (the “Model Code”), are 
set out below:

Aggregate long positions in shares and underlying shares of the Company

Name 

Nicholas Charles ALLEN 

Hans Michael JEBSEN 

Siu Chuen LAU 

Irene Yun Lien LEE 

Chien LEE 

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

Notes:

Number of ordinary shares held

Personal 
interests 

Family 
interests 

Corporate 
interests 

Other 
interests 

– 

60,984 

80,666 

30,000 

800,000 

758,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

  % of the issued
share capital
(Note a)

20,000 

0.002

– 

20,000 
(Note b)

2,473,316 
(Note c)

100,115 
(Note d)

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,534,300 

0.238

– 

– 

– 

– 

180,781 

0.017

30,000 

800,000 

758,000 

0.003

0.075

0.071

(a)  This percentage has been compiled based on the total number of shares of the Company in issue (i.e. 1,063,633,043 ordinary shares) 

as at 31 December 2013.

(b)  Such shares were held jointly by Nicholas Charles ALLEN and his wife.

(c)  Such shares were held through a corporation in which Hans Michael JEBSEN was a member entitled to exercise no less than one-third of 

the voting power at general meeting.

(d)  Such shares were held through a corporation in which Siu Chuen LAU and his wife were members and each entitled to exercise no less 

than one-third of the voting power at general meeting.

Certain Executive Directors of the Company have been granted share options under the 2005 Scheme (details are set out in the 
section headed “Long-term incentives: Share Option Scheme” above). These constitute interests in underlying shares of equity 
derivatives of the Company under the SFO.

Aggregate long positions in shares of associated corporations
Listed below is a Director’s interest in the shares of Barrowgate Limited (“Barrowgate”), a 65.36% subsidiary of the Company:

Name 

Hans Michael JEBSEN 

Note:

Number of ordinary shares held

Corporate 
interests 

1,000 

Other 
interests 

  % of the issued
share capital

Total 

– 

1,000 

10
(Note)

Jebsen and Company Limited (“Jebsen and Company”) held a 10% interest in the issued share capital in Barrowgate through a wholly-owned 
subsidiary. Hans Michael JEBSEN was deemed to be interested in the shares of Barrowgate by virtue of being a controlling shareholder of 
Jebsen and Company.

Apart from the above, no other interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or any 
associated corporations as at 31 December 2013 were recorded in the register required to be kept under Section 352 of the 
SFO; or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES continued
Compliance of the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers
The Company has adopted the Model Code set out in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules as its own code of conduct regarding 
Director’s securities transactions. All Directors have confirmed, following specific enquiry by the Company, that they have 
complied with the required standards set out in the Model Code throughout the year.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN CONTRACTS
During the year, certain Directors have interests, directly or indirectly, in contracts with the Group. These contracts constitute 
Related Party Transactions, Connected Transactions or Contracts of Significance under applicable accounting or regulatory rules 
(details are disclosed in the “Directors’ Report”).

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN COMPETING BUSINESS
The Group is engaged principally in the property investment, development and management of high quality investment 
properties in Hong Kong. The following Directors (excluding Independent non-executive Directors, in accordance with Listing 
Rules disclosure requirements) are considered to have interests in other activities (the “Deemed Competing Business”) that 
compete or are likely to compete with the said core business of the Group, all within the meaning of the Listing Rules:

(i) 

Irene Yun Lien LEE, Siu Chuen LAU, Anthony Hsien Pin LEE, Chien LEE and Michael Tze Hau LEE are members of the 
founding Lee family whose range of general investment activities include property investments in Hong Kong and overseas. 
In light of the size and dominance of the portfolio of the Group, such disclosed Deemed Competing Business is considered 
immaterial.

(ii)  Hans Michael JEBSEN and his alternate, Kam Wing LI, hold the offices of directors in each of Jebsen and Company 

and Jebsen China Services Limited and some of their subsidiaries, of which their business activities include, inter alia, 
investment holding and property investment in both the People’s Republic of China and Hong Kong. Mr. Jebsen is also a 
substantial shareholder of the companies.

Mr. Jebsen is an independent non-executive director of The Wharf (Holdings) Limited whose business includes, inter alia, 
property investment, development and management in both the People’s Republic of China and Hong Kong.

(iii)  Chien LEE is an independent non-executive director of Swire Pacific Limited whose business includes, inter alia, property 

investment and trading in Hong Kong, the People’s Republic of China and the United States of America.

The Company’s management team is separate and independent from that of the companies identified above. In addition, save 
and except Irene Yun Lien LEE and Siu Chuen LAU, the relevant Directors have non-executive roles and are not involved in the 
Company’s day-to-day operations and management.

For the reasons stated above, and coupled with the diligence of the Group’s Independent non-executive Directors and the Audit 
Committee, the Group is capable of carrying on its business independent of and at arm’s length from the Deemed Competing 
Business.

The Board also has a process in place to regularly review and resolve situations where a Director may have a conflict of interest.

By Order of the Board
Wendy W.Y. YUNG
Executive Director and Company Secretary

Hong Kong, 7 March 2014

Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report continued 
93

The Audit Committee has 3 members (with a majority of Independent non-executive Directors). Currently, it is chaired by 
Nicholas Charles ALLEN, Independent non-executive Director and the other members are Philip Yan Hok FAN, Independent 
non-executive Director and Anthony Hsien Pin LEE, Non-executive Director.

Under its terms of reference, the Committee oversees the Company’s financial reporting process; it also reviews the Company’s 
internal controls and risk management systems and its relationship with external auditor. The Committee also has the 
responsibility to review the adequacy of resources, qualifications and experience of staff of the Group’s accounting and financial 
reporting function, and their training programmes and budget. The Committee Chairman reports to the Board on its findings 
after each Committee meeting.

The Committee held 3 meetings during the year, on 4 March, 1 August and 14 November 2013. The meetings in March 
2013 and August 2013 were held to consider the financial statements for the 2012 annual report and 2013 interim report 
respectively. An additional meeting was held in November to review the Group’s internal controls and risk management 
process; and miscellaneous issues not directly related to the approval of financial statements and results announcements. The 
Committee last met on 5 March 2014 to consider the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

At the invitation of the Audit Committee, meetings are also attended by the Chairman and other members of management 
(including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer). Pre-meeting sessions with external and internal auditors 
are held without management presence.

Details on the meeting held in March 2013 were set out in the 2012 Annual Report. Significant matters, as reviewed and 
discussed in the other meetings, include the following:

How the Audit Committee spent its time in 2013 (%)

34%

42%

12%

12%

Financial reporting

Internal audit

External audit

Internal controls and risk management 

FINANCIAL REPORTING
In the process of financial reporting, management is responsible for the preparation of the Group’s financial statements 
including the selection of suitable accounting policies. The external auditor is responsible for auditing and attesting to the 
Group’s financial statements and evaluating the Group’s system of internal controls in such regard. The Committee oversees 
the respective work of management and the external auditor to endorse the processes and safeguards employed by them.

• 

August 2013 

: 

The Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval of the unaudited financial 
statements for the first 6 months of 2013, prior to public announcement and filing. The Committee 
received reports from and met with the external auditor and internal auditor to discuss the scope of 
their respective review and findings.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWAudit Committee ReportCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATION94

•  March 2014 

: 

Judgmental issues considered: The Committee had discussions with management on significant 
judgments affecting Group’s financial statements. These included valuation of investment properties 
as at 30 June 2013, and valuation of investment in an associate with principal assets in Shanghai, 
China as at 30 June 2013.

For valuation of investment properties, also noted that external auditor had performed various 
procedures before relying on the valuation prepared by the Group’s independent professional 
valuer, Knight Frank Petty Limited. As regards valuation of investment in associates, also noted that 
external auditors had obtained management accounts of the relevant associate for the 6 months 
ended 30 June 2013 and valuation reports for the investment properties held by such associate. 
Further noted that external auditors performed additional procedures to conclude that the Group’s 
investments in associates had been properly accounted for in the Group’s relevant financial 
statements.

Based on these review and discussions, and the external auditor’s review work, the Audit Committee 
recommended to the Board approval of the financial statements for the first 6 months ended 
30 June 2013.

The Committee reviewed and discussed with management and external auditor the 2013 financial 
statements included in the 2013 Annual Report, prior to public announcement and filing. The 
Committee received reports from and met with external auditor and internal auditor to discuss the 
general scope of their respective work and findings.

Judgmental issues considered: The Committee had discussions with management with regard 
to significant judgments affecting the Group’s financial statements. These included valuation of 
investment properties as at 31 December 2013, and valuation of investment in an associate with 
principal assets in Shanghai, China as at 31 December 2013. In particular, there were discussions 
on the valuation methodology of the Group’s investment properties under development (being 
Sunning Plaza and Sunning Court). The existing use basis was adopted, reflecting the factual 
situation that construction plan had not yet been finalised as at that date.

The Group’s independent professional valuer, Knight Frank Petty Limited, was also present at the 
meeting to answer the Committee’s questions.

For valuation of investment properties, also noted that external auditor had performed various 
procedures before relying on the valuation prepared by the Group’s independent professional valuer. 
As regards valuation of investment in associates, also noted that external auditors had obtained 
management accounts of the relevant associate for the year ended 31 December 2013, valuation 
reports for the investment properties held by such associate, and the latest available audited 
financial statements of such associate. Further noted that external auditors performed additional 
procedures to conclude that the Group’s investments in associates had been properly accounted for 
in the Group’s relevant financial statements.

Based on these review and discussions, and the report of the external auditor, the Audit Committee 
recommended to the Board for approval of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 
2013, with the Independent Auditor’s Report thereon.

Audit Committee Report continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

REVIEW OF INTERNAL CONTROLS AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
• 

: 

August and 
  November 
  2013 

The Committee received from, and discussed with, management (i) update report on 
top risks facing the Group; (ii) (for November meeting) special reports on selected top risks facing 
the Company, including the combined Sunning site re-development; and an update on succession 
planning; (iii) progress report on implementing an improvement programme to further strengthen 
agreed aspects of the Group’s internal controls and risk management system. These included further 
integrating the internal controls and risk management system in other key business processes. The 
ultimate aim is to make the system a “live” one practised on a day-to-day basis by operating units.

The Committee considered the reports of Internal Audit, including status in implementing its 
recommendations.

•  March 2014 

: 

2013 annual internal controls review – based on:

• 

• 

• 

• 

regular reports by management of top risks, and special reports on selected top risk items

regular reports of Internal Audit, including status in implementing its recommendations

certification of controls effectiveness by management, covering financial, operational, and 
compliance controls, noting the adoption of a control self-assessment approach where 
appropriate

confirmation from external auditor that it had not identified any control weaknesses during the 
course of its audit

The Committee was satisfied as to the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls system 
(including the adequacy of resources, qualifications and experience of staff of the Group’s accounting 
and financial reporting function, and their training programmes and budget). No significant areas 
of concern which might affect financial, operational, compliance controls and risk management 
functions were identified. 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATION 
  
 
 
 
 
 
96

RELATIONSHIP WITH EXTERNAL AUDITOR
• 

August 2013 

: 

The Committee reviewed and considered the terms of engagement of the external auditor in respect 
of: 2013 annual audit, the related results announcement, and annual review of continuing connected 
transactions.

•  March 2014 

: 

Annual Assessment: The Committee assessed and is satisfied as to the auditor’s qualification, 
expertise and services and independence. In particular, it was satisfied itself that the auditor’s 
independence and objectivity are not impaired by reason of the provision of non-audit services. 
An arrangement for lead audit partner rotation is also in place by the auditor. For the year ended 
31 December 2013, external auditor received a total fee of HK$2,301,000 (audit services: 
HK$2,080,000 and non-audit services: HK$221,000). “Non-audit services” refer to agreed-upon-
procedures reports or statutory compliance, regulatory or government procedures required to comply 
with financial, accounting or regulatory report matters. Specifically, these included 2013 review of 
interim financial statements, issue of confirmation letters for continuing connected transactions.

The Committee recommended to the Board that the shareholders be asked to re-appoint Deloitte 
Touche Tohmatsu as the Group’s external auditor for 2014.

The Committee also reviewed and considered the 2014 Audit Services Plan of the external auditor, 
and the terms of its engagement in respect of the 2014 interim results review.

Members of the Audit Committee
Nicholas Charles ALLEN (Chairman)
Philip Yan Hok FAN
Anthony Hsien Pin LEE

Hong Kong, 7 March 2014

Audit Committee Report continued4

Financial Statements 
and Valuation

98  Directors’ Responsibility 

108  Significant Accounting 

for the Financial 
Statements

99 

Independent Auditor’s 
Report

100  Consolidated Income 

Statement

Policies

118  Notes to the Financial 

Statements

159  Financial Risk Management

101  Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

170  Five-Year Financial  

Summary

102  Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position

172  Report of the Valuer

103  Statement of Financial 

173  Schedule of Principal 

Position

Properties

104  Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity

175  Shareholding Analysis

106  Consolidated Statement  

176  Shareholder Information

of Cash Flows

O
V
E
R
V

I

E
W

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
Y

I

N

A
C
T
I
O
N

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
N
D

V
A
L
U
A
T
I
O
N

 
 
 
 
 
 
98

The Companies Ordinance requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year which give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the Group as at the end of the financial year and of their respective profit 
or loss for the year then ended. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

(a)  select suitable accounting policies and apply them on a consistent basis, making judgments and estimates that are 

prudent, fair and reasonable;

(b)  state the reasons for any significant departure from accounting standards; and

(c)  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis, unless it is not appropriate to presume that the Company 

and the Group will continue in business for the foreseeable future.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records, for safeguarding the assets of the Company and of the 
Group and for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Statements99

TO THE MEMBERS OF HYSAN DEVELOPMENT COMPANY LIMITED
(incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Hysan Development Company Limited (the “Company”) and its 
subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) set out on pages 100 to 169, which comprise the consolidated and 
Company’s statements of financial position as at 31 December 2013, and the consolidated income statement, consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows 
for the year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial statements that give a true and 
fair view in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants and the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error.

Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit and to report our 
opinion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with section 141 of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for no other 
purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report. We 
conducted our audit in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 
financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks 
of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk 
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation of consolidated financial statements that 
give a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose 
of expressing an opinion on effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness 
of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the 
overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the 
Group as at 31 December 2013, and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Hong 
Kong Financial Reporting Standards and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants
Hong Kong

7 March 2014

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWIndependent Auditor’s Report100

Turnover 
Property expenses 

Gross profit 
Investment income 
Other gains and losses 
Administrative expenses 
Finance costs 
Change in fair value of investment properties 
Share of results of associates 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Profit for the year attributable to:
  Owners of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share (expressed in HK cents) 
  Basic 

  Diluted 

Notes 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

4 

6 
7 

8 

9 

10 

15

3,063 
(405) 

2,658 
76 
1 
(208) 
(242) 
4,575 
309 

7,169 
(372) 

6,797 

6,158 
639 

6,797 

2,486
(423)

2,063
55
18
(187)
(156)
8,533
334

10,660
(289)

10,371

9,955
416

10,371

579.04 

938.02

578.84 

937.59

Consolidated Income StatementFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
  Net gains arising from equity investments designated

  as at fair value through other comprehensive income 

  Gains on revaluation of properties held for own use 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
  Net (losses) gains arising from derivatives designated

  as cash flow hedges 

  Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

6,797 

10,371

Note 

11

– 
20 

20 

(53) 
117 

64 

84 

115
33

148

16
2

18

166

Total comprehensive income for the year 

6,881 

10,537

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
  Owners of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

6,242 
639 

6,881 

10,121
416

10,537

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive IncomeFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Non-current assets
  Investment properties 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Investments in associates 
  Principal-protected investments 
  Term notes 
  Equity investments 
  Other financial assets 
  Other receivables 

Current assets
  Accounts receivable and other receivables 
  Principal-protected investments 
  Term notes 
  Other financial assets 
  Tax recoverable 
  Time deposits 
  Cash and bank balances 

Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accruals 
  Rental deposits from tenants 
  Amounts due to non-controlling interests 
  Borrowings 
  Other financial liabilities 
  Taxation payable 

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
  Borrowings 
  Other financial liabilities 
  Rental deposits from tenants 
  Deferred taxation 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves
  Share capital 
  Reserves 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Notes 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

16 
17 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 

24 
20 
21 
23 

26 
26 

27 

28 
29 
23 

29 
23 

30 

31 

65,322 
604 
4,181 
81 
622 
1 
32 
230 

71,073 

241 
77 
580 
– 
– 
4,042 
81 

5,021 

500 
190 
327 
1,055 
48 
101 

2,221 

2,800 

60,022
580
3,759
160
527
1
57
243

65,349

158
218
383
2
2
2,158
153

3,074

469
190
327
699
5
77

1,767

1,307

73,873 

66,656

6,449 
74 
610 
559 

7,692 

5,242
25
508
434

6,209

66,181 

60,447

5,318 
58,008 

63,326 
2,855 

66,181 

5,315
52,808

58,123
2,324

60,447

The consolidated financial statements on pages 100 to 169 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
on 7 March 2014 and are signed on its behalf by:

Irene Y.L. LEE 
Director 

S. C. LAU
Director

Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

Notes 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

17 
18 
23 
25 

25 

26 
26 

25 

30 

31 
32 

16 
1,471 
2 
3,711 

5,200 

3 
9,167 
– 
– 
67 

9,237 

44 
1,275 

1,319 

7,918 

22
1,603
2
3,797

5,424

3
8,984
2
55
93

9,137

35
1,337

1,372

7,765

13,118 

13,189

1 

1

13,117 

13,188

5,318 
7,799 

5,315
7,873

13,117 

13,188

Non-current assets
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Investments in subsidiaries 
  Other financial assets 
  Amounts due from subsidiaries 

Current assets
  Other receivables 
  Amounts due from subsidiaries 
  Tax recoverable 
  Time deposits 
  Cash and bank balances 

Current liabilities
  Other payables and accruals 
  Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Non-current liability
  Deferred taxation 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves
  Share capital 
  Reserves 

Total equity 

The financial statements on pages 100 to 169 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 March 
2014 and are signed on its behalf by:

Irene Y.L. LEE 
Director 

S. C. LAU
Director

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWStatement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

At 1 January 2012 

5,299 

1,934 

15 

276 

100 

805 

(40) 

275 

411 

39,678 

48,753 

1,991 

50,744

Attributable to owners of the Company 

Share 
capital 
HK$ million 

Share 
premium 
HK$ million 

Share 
options 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Attributable to owners of the Company

General 

reserve 

Investments 

revaluation 

reserve 

Hedging 

reserve 

Properties 

revaluation 

reserve 

Translation 

reserve 

Retained 

profits 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

  Non-controlling

Total 

interests 

HK$ million 

Total

HK$ million

Profit for the year 
Net gains arising from equity investments 
Change in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 
Transfer to profit and loss for cash flow hedges 
Gain on revaluation of properties held for own use 
Deferred taxation arising on revaluation of properties held for own use 
  (note 30) 
Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Issue of shares pursuant to scrip dividend schemes 
Issue of shares under share option schemes 
Recognition of equity-settled share-based payments 
Forfeiture of share options 
Dividends paid during the year (note 14) 
Transfer to retained profits upon disposal of equity investments 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

14 
2 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

76 
12 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
(4) 
8 
(5) 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2012 

5,315 

2,022 

14 

276 

100 

(3) 

308 

413 

49,702 

58,123 

2,324 

60,447

Profit for the year 
Change in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 
Transfer to profit and loss for cash flow hedges 
Gain on revaluation of properties held for own use 
Deferred taxation arising on revaluation of properties held for own use 
  (note 30) 
Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Total comprehensive (expenses) income for the year 

Issue of shares under share option schemes 
Recognition of equity-settled share-based payments 
Dividends paid during the year (note 14) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

3 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

16 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2013 

5,318 

2,038 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

(4) 
10 
– 

20 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

276 

100 

(3) 

(77) 

328 

530 

54,796 

63,326 

2,855 

66,181

115 

16 

9,955 

10,121 

416 

10,537

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

115 

(923) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

12 

4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(24) 

– 

(105) 

52 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

40 

(7) 

– 

33 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24 

(4) 

– 

20 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

117 

117 

9,955 

416 

10,371

9,955 

115 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

12 

4 

40 

(7) 

2 

90 

10 

8 

– 

– 

6,158 

(105) 

52 

24 

(4) 

117 

15 

10 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

115

12

4

40

(7)

2

90

10

8

–

–

6,797

(105)

52

24

(4)

117

15

10

(859) 

923 

(859) 

(83) 

(942)

6,158 

639 

(53) 

6,158 

6,242 

639 

6,881

(1,064) 

(1,064) 

(108) 

(1,172)

Consolidated Statement of Changes In EquityFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

Attributable to owners of the Company

Investments 
revaluation 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Hedging 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Properties 
revaluation 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Translation 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Retained 
profits 
HK$ million 

Total 
HK$ million 

  Non-controlling
interests 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

General 
reserve 
HK$ million 

100 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

805 

– 
115 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

115 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(923) 

(40) 

275 

411 

39,678 

48,753 

1,991 

50,744

– 
– 
12 
4 
– 

– 
– 

16 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(24) 

– 
(105) 
52 
– 

– 
– 

(53) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
40 

(7) 
– 

33 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
2 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

9,955 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

9,955 
115 
12 
4 
40 

(7) 
2 

416 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

10,371
115
12
4
40

(7)
2

9,955 

10,121 

416 

10,537

– 
– 
– 
5 
(859) 
923 

90 
10 
8 
– 
(859) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(83) 
– 

90
10
8
–
(942)
–

308 

413 

49,702 

58,123 

2,324 

60,447

– 
– 
– 
24 

(4) 
– 

20 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
117 

117 

– 
– 
– 

6,158 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

6,158 
(105) 
52 
24 

(4) 
117 

639 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

6,797
(105)
52
24

(4)
117

6,158 

6,242 

639 

6,881

– 
– 
(1,064) 

15 
10 
(1,064) 

– 
– 
(108) 

15
10
(1,172)

5,315 

2,022 

14 

276 

100 

(3) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2013 

5,318 

2,038 

276 

100 

(3) 

(77) 

328 

530 

54,796 

63,326 

2,855 

66,181

At 1 January 2012 

Profit for the year 

Net gains arising from equity investments 

Change in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Transfer to profit and loss for cash flow hedges 

Gain on revaluation of properties held for own use 

Deferred taxation arising on revaluation of properties held for own use 

  (note 30) 

Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Issue of shares pursuant to scrip dividend schemes 

Issue of shares under share option schemes 

Recognition of equity-settled share-based payments 

Forfeiture of share options 

Dividends paid during the year (note 14) 

Transfer to retained profits upon disposal of equity investments 

At 31 December 2012 

Profit for the year 

Change in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Transfer to profit and loss for cash flow hedges 

Gain on revaluation of properties held for own use 

Deferred taxation arising on revaluation of properties held for own use 

  (note 30) 

Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Total comprehensive (expenses) income for the year 

Issue of shares under share option schemes 

Recognition of equity-settled share-based payments 

Dividends paid during the year (note 14) 

Attributable to owners of the Company 

Share 

capital 

Share 

premium 

Share 

options 

reserve 

Capital 

redemption 

reserve 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

HK$ million 

5,299 

1,934 

15 

276 

14 

76 

12 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

16 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4) 

8 

(5) 

– 

– 

(4) 

10 

– 

20 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Operating activities
Profit before taxation 
Adjustments for:
  Other gains and losses 
  Finance costs 
  Change in fair value of investment properties 
  Share of results of associates 
  Dividend income 
  Interest income 
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
  Share-based payment expenses 

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Increase in accounts receivable and other receivables 
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accruals 
Increase in rental deposits from tenants 

Cash generated from operations 
Hong Kong profits tax paid 
Hong Kong profits tax refund 

Net cash from operating activities 

Investing activities
Interest received 
Dividends received from equity investments 
Proceeds on disposal of equity investments 
Proceeds upon maturity of principal-protected investments 
Proceeds upon maturity of term notes 
Proceeds upon maturity of other financial assets 
Proceeds upon maturity of time deposits with original maturity
  over three months 
Repayment from an associate 
Payments in respect of investment properties 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of term notes 
Additions to time deposits with original maturity over three months 

Net cash (used in) from investing activities 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

7,169 

10,660

(1) 
242 
(4,575) 
(309) 
– 
(76) 
16 
10 

2,476 
(34) 
(46) 
102 

2,498 
(231) 
6 

2,273 

36 
– 
– 
218 
403 
– 

3,826 
5 
(696) 
(8) 
(708) 
(5,980) 

(2,904) 

(18)
156
(8,533)
(334)
(3)
(52)
11
8

1,895
(168)
116
98

1,941
(227)
7

1,721

76
3
1,103
265
469
61

2,902
–
(1,595)
(31)
(953)
(1,943)

357

Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
107

Note  

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

Financing activities
Interest paid 
Payment of other finance costs 
Medium Term Note Programme expenses 
Dividends paid 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests of a subsidiary 
Repayment of bank loans 
Repayment of fixed rate notes 
Issue of fixed rate notes 
Proceeds on exercise of share options 

Net cash from (used in) financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 

26 

(161) 
(18) 
(1) 
(1,064) 
(108) 
(700) 
– 
2,326 
15 

289 

(342) 

963 

621 

(189)
(3)
(2)
(769)
(83)
(150)
(1,357)
774
10

(1,769)

309

654

963

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

These financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain properties and financial 
instruments, which are measured at revalued amounts or fair values, as explained in the accounting policies set out below.

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards issued by the 
Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance. In addition, these financial 
statements include applicable disclosures required by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of 
Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”). The principal accounting policies adopted are as follows:

1.  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• 
• 
• 

has power over the investee;
is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one 
or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses 
control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included 
in the consolidated income statement from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control 
the subsidiary.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line 
with those used by other members of the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are presented separately from the Group’s equity therein.

Total comprehensive income and expenses of a subsidiary are attributed to the owners of the Company and to the non-
controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

2.  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
Investments in subsidiaries are included in the Company’s statement of financial position at cost (including deemed capital 
contribution) less any identified impairment loss. The results of subsidiaries are accounted for by the Company on the basis of 
dividends received and receivable during the year.

3.  INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint 
venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not 
control or joint control over those policies.

The results, assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in the consolidated financial statements using the equity 
method of accounting. The financial statements of associates used for equity accounting purposes are prepared using uniform 
accounting policies as those of the Group for like transaction and events in similar circumstances. Under the equity method, 
investments in associates are initially recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost and adjusted 
thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associates. When the 
Group’s share of losses of an associate equals or exceeds its interest in that associate (which includes any long-term interests 
that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate), the Group discontinues recognising its share of 
further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations 
or made payments on behalf of that associate.

Where a group entity transacts with its associates, profit or loss resulting from the transactions with the associates are 
recognised in the Group’s consolidated financial statements only to the extent of the interests in the associates that are not 
related to the Group.

Significant Accounting PoliciesFor the year ended 31 December 2013109

4.  INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
Investment properties are properties held to earn rental and/or for capital appreciation including properties under re-
development for such proposes.

Investment properties are initially measured at cost, including any directly attributable expenditure. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, investment properties are measured at their fair values using the fair value model. Gains or losses arising 
from changes in the fair value of investment properties are included in profit or loss for the period in which they arise. If 
an investment property becomes an item of property, plant and equipment because its use has changed as evidenced by 
commencement of owner-occupation, the property’s deemed cost for subsequent accounting is its fair value at the date of 
change in use.

Construction costs incurred for investment properties under re-development are capitalised as part of the carrying amount of 
the investment properties under re-development. Investment properties under re-development are measured at fair value at the 
end of the reporting period. Any difference between the fair value of the investment properties under re-development and their 
carrying amount is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

An investment property is derecognised upon disposal or when the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use or 
no future economic benefits are expected from its disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as 
the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the profit or loss in the 
period in which the item is derecognised.

5.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment including land and buildings held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, or 
for administrative purposes are stated at cost or fair value less subsequent accumulated depreciation and accumulated 
impairment losses.

Any revaluation increase arising on revaluation of land and buildings is recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the properties revaluation reserve, except to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same 
asset previously recognised in profit or loss, in which case the increase is credited to profit or loss to the extent of the decrease 
previously charged. A decrease in carrying amount arising on revaluation of an asset is recognised in profit or loss to the extent 
that it exceeds the balance, if any, on the properties revaluation reserve relating to a previous revaluation of that asset. On the 
subsequent sale or retirement of a revalued asset, the corresponding revaluation surplus is transferred to retained profits.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or fair value of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated 
residual values over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values and 
depreciation method are reviewed at the end of the reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for 
on a prospective basis.

If an item of property, plant and equipment becomes an investment property because its use has changed as evidenced by 
end of owner-occupation, any difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of that item at the date of transfer 
is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in properties revaluation reserve. On the subsequent sale or 
retirement of the asset, the relevant revaluation reserve will be transferred directly to retained profits.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected 
to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, 
plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is 
recognised in profit or loss.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW110

6.  IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
At the end of the reporting period, the Group or the Company reviews the carrying amounts of their assets to determine whether 
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. If the recoverable amount of an asset 
is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An 
impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued 
amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised 
as income immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at revalued amount, in which case the reversal of 
the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the statement of financial position when a group entity becomes a 
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. 
Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than 
financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)) are added to or deducted from the fair value 
of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or 
loss.

Financial assets
All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on 
the classification of the financial assets.

(a)  Classification of financial assets
Debt instruments and hybrid contracts that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost less 
impairment loss (except for debt investments that are designated as at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition):

• 
• 

the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
the contractual terms of the instrument give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and 
interest on the principal amount outstanding.

All other financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value.

(i)  Amortised cost and effective interest method
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest 
income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
(including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and 
other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the 
net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Interest income is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments measured subsequently at amortised cost. 
Interest income is recognised in profit or loss and is included in the investment income as disclosed in note 6 of the Notes to 
the Financial Statements section.

Significant Accounting Policies continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013111

7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Financial assets continued
(a)  Classification of financial assets continued
(ii)  Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL comprise derivatives that are not designated and effective as hedging instruments.

Investments in equity instruments are classified as at FVTPL, unless the Group designates such investment that is not held for 
trading as at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) on initial recognition (see (a)(iii) below).

Debt instruments that do not meet the amortised cost criteria (see (a) above) are measured at FVTPL. In addition, debt 
instruments that meet the amortised cost criteria but are designated as at FVTPL are measured at FVTPL. A debt instrument 
may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or 
recognition inconsistency that would arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on 
different bases.

Debt instruments are reclassified from amortised cost to FVTPL when the business model is changed such that the amortised 
cost criteria are no longer met. Reclassification of debt instruments that are designated as at FVTPL on initial recognition is 
not allowed. Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value at the end of the reporting period, with any gains or losses 
arising on remeasurement recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss is included in other gains 
and losses as disclosed in note 7 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section. Fair value is determined in the manner 
described in note 4 of the Financial Risk Management section.

The Group or the Company has not designated any debt instrument as at FVTPL or reclassified any debt instruments to or from 
FVTPL since the application of Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standard (“HKFRS”) 9.

Interest income on debt instruments at FVTPL is included in the other gains or losses described above.

(iii)  Financial assets at FVTOCI
A financial asset is held for trading if it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term or it is a 
derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

On initial recognition, the Group or the Company can make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to 
designate investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI. Designation at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity investment is 
held for trading.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are 
measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the investments revaluation reserve.

The Group or the Company has designated all investments in equity instruments (listed or unlisted) that are not held for trading 
as at FVTOCI since the application of HKFRS 9.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognised in profit or loss when the Group’s or the Company’s right 
to receive the dividends is established in accordance with Hong Kong Accounting Standard (“HKAS”) 18 “Revenue”, unless the 
dividends clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Dividends earned are recognised in profit or loss 
and are included in investment income as disclosed in note 6 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW112

Impairment of financial assets

7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Financial assets continued
(b) 
Financial assets subsequently measured at amortised cost are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of the 
reporting period. These financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events 
that occurred after their initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows have been affected.

Objective evidence of impairment could include:

• 
• 
• 
• 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or
breach of contract, such as default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or
it becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organisation; or
the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties.

For certain categories, such as accounts receivable, assets that are assessed not to be impaired individually are subsequently 
assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the 
Group’s past experience of collecting payments, observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with 
default on receivables.

An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, and is measured 
as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at 
the original effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all categories with the exception of 
accounts receivable and amounts due from subsidiaries, where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance 
account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognised in profit or loss. When an account receivable 
or an amount due from a subsidiary is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event 
occurring after the impairment losses was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed through profit 
or loss to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset at the date of impairment is reversed does not exceed what the 
amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

(c)  Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the assets expire or, the financial 
assets are transferred and the Group or the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the 
financial assets.

On derecognition of a financial asset, except for a financial asset that is classified as at FVTOCI, the difference between the 
asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognised in profit or loss.

On derecognition of a financial asset that is classified as at FVTOCI, the cumulative gain or loss previously accumulated in the 
investments revaluation reserve is not reclassified to profit or loss, but is transferred to retained profits.

Significant Accounting Policies continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013113

7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Financial liabilities and equity instruments
(a)  Classification and measurement
Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by a group entity are classified as financial liabilities or equity instruments 
according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity 
instrument.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group or the Company after 
deducting all of its liabilities. The Group’s financial liabilities are generally classified into (i) financial liabilities at FVTPL and (ii) 
other financial liabilities subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Company’s financial liabilities are generally classified 
into other financial liabilities. The accounting policies adopted in respect of financial liabilities and equity instruments are set 
out below.

(i)  Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial liabilities at FVTPL, representing those as held for trading, comprise derivatives that are not designated and effective 
as hedging instruments.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value arising on remeasurement recognised directly 
in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss includes any interest paid on 
the financial liabilities and is included in other gains and losses as disclosed in note 7 of the Notes to the Financial Statements 
section.

(ii)  Other financial liabilities subsequently measured at amortised cost
Other financial liabilities (including accounts payable and accruals, other payables and accruals, amounts due to subsidiaries, 
amounts due to non-controlling interests and borrowings) are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective 
interest method. Interest expense that is not capitalised as part of costs of an asset is included in finance costs as disclosed 
in note 8 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

(iii)  Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Consideration paid to repurchase the Company’s own equity instruments is deducted from equity. No gain or loss is recognised 
in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.

(iv)  Effective interest method
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest 
expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments 
(including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and 
other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period to the 
net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Interest expense is recognised on an effective interest basis for financial liabilities, other than those financial liabilities at 
FVTPL, of which the interest expense is included in other gains or losses as disclosed in note 7 of the Notes to the Financial 
Statements section.

(b)  Derecognition of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified in the relevant contract is discharged, cancelled or expires. 
The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is 
recognised in profit or loss.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW114

7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange 
rate risks, including foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps. Further details of derivative financial 
instruments are disclosed in note 23 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
to their fair values at the end of the reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless 
the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss 
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

Embedded derivatives
Derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts that are not financial assets within the scope of HKFRS 9 (e.g. financial 
liabilities) are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host 
contracts and the host contracts are not measured at FVTPL. Derivatives embedded in hybrid contracts that contain financial asset 
hosts within the scope of HKFRS 9 are not separated. The entire hybrid contracts are classified and subsequently measured as 
either amortised cost or FVTPL as appropriate.

Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges.

At the inception of the hedging relationship, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and 
the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. 
Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument 
that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item 
attributable to the hedged risk.

Note 23 of the Notes to the Financial Statements sets out details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for 
hedging purposes.

(a)  Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in profit or loss 
immediately, together with any changes in the fair values of the hedged items that are attributable to the hedged risk. The 
adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item for which the effective interest method is used is amortised to profit 
or loss when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged. The 
adjustment is based on a recalculated effective interest rate at the date the amortisation begins.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is 
sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

(b)  Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective 
portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in other gains or losses as disclosed in note 7 of the Notes 
to the Financial Statements section.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve are reclassified to profit or 
loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss, in the same line of the consolidated income statement 
as the recognised hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is 
sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss accumulated in 
hedging reserve at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit 
or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss accumulated in hedging reserve 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Significant Accounting Policies continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013115

8.  REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Turnover rent is recognised when 
earned.

Management fee income and security service income are recognised when services are rendered.

Dividends on investments in equity instruments are recognised in profit or loss when the shareholders’ right to receive 
payments has been established (provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group or the Company 
and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably), unless the dividends clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost of 
the investment in equity instruments designated as at FVTOCI.

Interest income from a financial asset is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group or 
the Company and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. Interest income from a financial asset excluding financial 
assets at FVTPL is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial 
asset to that asset’s net carrying amount on initial recognition.

9.  LEASES
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as lessor
Rental income from operating leases is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 
Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset 
and recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company as lessee
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

10. FOREIGN CURRENCIES
In preparing the financial statements of each individual group entity, transactions in currencies other than the functional 
currency of that entity (foreign currencies) are recorded in its functional currency (i.e. the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates) at the rates of exchanges prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At the end of 
the reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date.

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of monetary items, are recognised 
in profit or loss in the period in which they arise, except for exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms 
part of the Group’s net investment in a foreign operation, in which case, such exchange differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in translation reserve and will be reclassified from translation reserve to profit or loss 
on disposal of the foreign operation.

For the purposes of presenting the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign 
operations are translated into the presentation currency of the Group (i.e. Hong Kong dollars) at the rate of exchange prevailing 
at the end of the reporting period, and their income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the year, 
unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during the period, in which case, the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of 
transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in 
translation reserve.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW116

11. BORROWING COSTS
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that 
necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets 
until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary 
investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible 
for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

12. RETIREMENT BENEFIT COSTS
Payments to the Enhanced Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme are charged as an expense when employees have rendered 
service entitling them to the contributions.

13. TAXATION
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

(a)  Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated 
income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s or the Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

(b)  Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are generally recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets 
and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities in a 
transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, except where the Group or the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable 
that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary 
differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will 
be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of the reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is 
settled or the asset is realised, based on tax rate (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of 
the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in 
which the Group or the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its 
assets and liabilities. For the purposes of measuring deferred tax for investment properties that are measured using the fair 
value model in accordance with HKAS 40 “Investment Property”, such properties’ value are presumed to be recovered through 
sale. Such a presumption is rebutted when the investment property is depreciable and is held within a business model of the 
Group whose business objective is to consume substantially all of the economic benefits embodied in the investment property 
over time, rather than through sale. If the presumption is rebutted, deferred tax for such investment properties are measured 
in accordance with the above general principles set out in HKAS 12 “Income Taxes” (i.e. based on the expected manner as to 
how the properties will be recovered).

Deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except when it relates to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 
respectively.

Significant Accounting Policies continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013117

14. EQUITY-SETTLED SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS TRANSACTIONS
Share options granted to employees
The fair value of services received determined by reference to the fair value of share options granted at the grant date is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in share options reserve.

At the end of the reporting period, the Group and the Company revise their estimates of the number of options that are 
expected to ultimately vest. The impact of the revision of the estimates during the vesting period, if any, is recognised in profit 
or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to share options reserve.

At the time when the share options are exercised, the amount previously recognised in share options reserve will be transferred 
to share premium. When the share options are forfeited after the vesting date or are still not exercised at the expiry date, the 
amount previously recognised in share options reserve will be transferred to retained profits.

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another 
valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of 
the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the 
measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these financial statements is determined on 
such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of HKFRS 2, leasing transactions that are 
within the scope of HKAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as value 
in use in HKAS 36.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic 
benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in 
its highest and best use.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW118

1.  GENERAL
The Company is a public listed company incorporated in Hong Kong and its shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong 
Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”). The addresses of the registered office and principal place of business of the Company 
are disclosed in the “Shareholder Information” section of the annual report.

The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are property investment, 
management and development.

These financial statements are presented in Hong Kong dollars (“HKD”), which is the same as the functional currency of the 
Company.

2.  APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED HONG KONG FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS 

(“HKFRSs”)

In the current year, the Group and the Company have applied all of the new and revised Standards and Amendments to 
Standards issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) that are relevant to its operations and 
effective for the Group’s financial year beginning on 1 January 2013.

Except as described below, the adoption of these new and revised Standards and Amendments to Standards had no material 
effect on the results and financial position of the Group or the Company for the current and/or prior accounting years.

Amendments to HKAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income”
The amendments to Hong Kong Accounting Standard (“HKAS”) 1 require items of other comprehensive income to be grouped 
into two categories in the other comprehensive income section: (a) items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit 
or loss and (b) items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met. Income tax on 
items of other comprehensive income is required to be allocated on the same basis – the amendments do not change the 
option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax. The amendments have been applied 
retrospectively, and hence the presentation of items of other comprehensive income has been modified to reflect the changes. 
Other than the above mentioned presentation changes, the application of the amendments to HKAS 1 has had no impact on 
the results or financial position of the Group.

Amendments to HKFRS 7 “Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”
The amendments to Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standard (“HKFRS”) 7 require entities to disclose information about 
rights of offset and related arrangements for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar 
arrangement. The Group has outstanding derivative instruments presented as other financial assets and other financial 
liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position which are under master netting agreements.

The amendments have been applied retrospectively. The application of the amendments has had no impact on the results or 
financial position of the Group but results in additional disclosures included in note 3 of the Financial Risk Management section.

HKFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities”
HKFRS 12 is a new disclosure standard and is applicable to entities that have interests in subsidiaries and associates. In 
general, the application of HKFRS 12 has resulted in more extensive disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. 
Accordingly, the Group has included additional disclosures in notes 18 and 19 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

HKFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement”
HKFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements. 
The Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires disclosures about fair value 
measurements. The scope of HKFRS 13 is broad: it applies to both financial instrument items and non-financial instrument 
items for which other HKFRSs require or permit fair value measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements, 
except in specified circumstances. In general, the disclosure requirements in HKFRS 13 are more extensive than those in the 
current standards. For example, quantitative and qualitative disclosures based on the three-level fair value hierarchy currently 
required for financial instruments only under HKFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” will be extended by HKFRS 13 to 
cover all assets and liabilities within its scope.

Notes to the Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2013119

2.  APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED HONG KONG FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS 

(“HKFRSs”) continued

HKFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” continued
HKFRS 13 requires prospective application from 1 January 2013. In addition, specific transitional provisions were given to 
entities such that they need not apply the disclosure requirements set out in the Standard in comparative information provided 
for periods before the initial application of the Standard. In accordance with these transitional provisions, the Group has not 
made any new disclosures required by HKFRS 13 for the 2012 comparative year. The application of HKFRS 13 has had no 
impact on the results or financial position of the Group but results in more disclosures in the Group’s annual consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013. Accordingly, the Group has included additional disclosures in notes 
16 and 17 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section and note 4 of the Financial Risk Management section.

The Group and the Company have not early applied the following new Standards, Amendments to Standards and Interpretation 
that have been issued but are not yet effective.

Amendments to HKFRSs 
Amendments to HKFRSs 
HKAS 19 (Amendments) 
HKAS 32 (Amendments) 
HKAS 36 (Amendments) 
HKAS 39 (Amendments) 
HKFRS 9 
HKFRS 10, HKFRS 12 and 
  HKAS 27 (Amendments)
HK(IFRIC) – Int 21 

Annual Improvements to HKFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle3
Annual Improvements to HKFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle2
Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions2
Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities1
Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets1
Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting1
Financial Instruments: Hedge Accounting4
Investment Entities1

Levies1

1  Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.
2  Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.
3  Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014 with certain exceptions.
4  Available for application – the mandatory effective date will be determined when the outstanding phases of HKFRS 9 are finalised.

HKFRS 9 “Financial instrument: Hedge Accounting”
The Group had early adopted HKFRS 9 as amended in 2010 in prior years. HKFRS 9 has been further amended in 2013 to 
include the new requirements for hedge accounting.

The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting. However, greater flexibility has 
been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that 
qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. 
In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and replaced with the principle of an “economic relationship”. 
Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about an 
entity’s risk management activities have also been introduced.

In the opinion of the Directors of the Company, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of that effect on the 
Group’s financial instruments under hedge accounting, until a detailed review has been completed.

Other than as described above, the Directors of the Company anticipate that the application of the other Amendments to 
Standards and Interpretation will have no material impact on the results and financial position of the Group or the Company.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW120

3.  KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in the “Significant Accounting Policies” section, 
the management of the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The following are the key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the 
reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year.

Fair value of investment properties
At the end of the reporting period, the Group’s investment properties are stated at fair value of HK$ 65,322 million (2012: 
HK$60,022 million) based on the valuation performed by an independent qualified professional valuer. In determining the 
fair value, the valuer has applied a market value basis which involves, inter-alia, certain estimates, including appropriate 
capitalisation rates and reversionary income potential taking into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic 
benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in 
its highest and best use.

In relying on the valuation, management has exercised their judgment and is satisfied that the method of valuation is reflective 
of the current market conditions.

Fair value of financial instruments
Financial instruments, such as principal-protected investments, interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange 
derivatives, are carried in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position at fair value, as disclosed in note 23 of 
the Notes to the Financial Statement section. The management of the Company uses its judgment in selecting an appropriate 
valuation technique for financial instruments not quoted in an active market. Valuation techniques commonly used by market 
practitioners are applied. For derivative financial instruments, assumptions are made based on quoted market rates. Most of 
the financial instruments are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis based on assumptions supported, where possible, 
by observable market prices or rates. Details of the assumptions used and of the results of sensitivity analyses regarding these 
assumptions are provided in the “Financial Risk Management” section.

4.  TURNOVER
Turnover represents gross rental income from investment properties and management fee income for the year.

The Group’s principal activities are property investment, management and development, and its turnover and results are 
principally derived from investment properties located in Hong Kong.

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
Based on the internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker 
(i.e. Chief Executive Officer of the Group) in order to allocate resources to segments and to assess their performance, the 
Group’s operating and reportable segments are as follows:

Retail segment – leasing of space and related facilities to a variety of retail and leisure operators

Office segment – leasing of high quality office space and related facilities

Residential segment – leasing of luxury residential properties and related facilities

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013121

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION continued
Segment turnover and results
The following is an analysis of the Group’s turnover and results by operating and reportable segment.

Retail 
HK$ million 

Office 
HK$ million 

Residential 
HK$ million 

Consolidated
HK$ million

For the year ended 31 December 2013

Turnover
Gross rental income from investment properties 
Management fee income 

Segment revenue 
Property expenses 

Segment profit 

Investment income 
Other gains and losses 
Administrative expenses 
Finance costs 
Change in fair value of investment properties 
Share of results of associates 

Profit before taxation 

For the year ended 31 December 2012

Turnover
Gross rental income from investment properties 
Management fee income 

Segment revenue 
Property expenses 

Segment profit 

Investment income 
Other gains and losses 
Administrative expenses 
Finance costs 
Change in fair value of investment properties 
Share of results of associates 

Profit before taxation 

1,553 
125 

1,678 
(212) 

1,466 

952 
133 

1,085 
(128) 

957 

270 
30 

300 
(65) 

235 

1,154 
96 

1,250 
(208) 

1,042 

781 
127 

908 
(150) 

758 

297 
31 

328 
(65) 

263 

2,775
288

3,063
(405)

2,658

76
1
(208)
(242)
4,575
309

7,169

2,232
254

2,486
(423)

2,063

55
18
(187)
(156)
8,533
334

10,660

All of the segment turnover reported above is from external customers.

The accounting policies of the operating and reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies described 
in the “Significant Accounting Policies” section. Segment profit represents the profit earned by each segment without allocation 
of investment income, other gains and losses, administrative expenses (including central administrative costs and directors’ 
salaries), finance costs, change in fair value of investment properties and share of results of associates. This is the measure 
reported to the Chief Executive Officer of the Group for the purpose of resource allocation and performance assessment.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
122

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION continued
Segment assets
The following is an analysis of the Group’s assets by operating and reportable segment.

As at 31 December 2013

Segment assets 
Investments in associates 
Other assets 

Consolidated assets 

As at 31 December 2012

Segment assets 
Investments in associates 
Other assets 

Consolidated assets 

Retail 
HK$ million 

Office 
HK$ million 

Residential 
HK$ million 

Consolidated
HK$ million

32,655 

24,205 

8,472 

28,918 

22,623 

8,494 

65,332
4,181
6,581

76,094

60,035
3,759
4,629

68,423

Segment assets represented the investment properties and accounts receivable of each segment without allocation of property, 
plant and equipment, investments in associates, equity investments, principal-protected investments, term notes, other 
financial assets, other receivables, tax recoverable, time deposits, cash and bank balances. This is the measure reported 
to the Chief Executive Officer of the Group for the purpose of monitoring segment performances and allocating resources 
between segments. The investment properties are included in segment assets at their fair values whilst the change in fair 
value of investment properties is not included in segment profit. No segment liabilities analysis is presented as the Group’s 
management monitors and manages all the liabilities on a group basis.

Other than the investments in associates, which operated in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with carrying amounts 
of HK$4,181 million (2012: HK$3,755 million), all the Group’s assets are located in Hong Kong.

As at 31 December 2012, the Group’s investment in associate operated in Singapore with carrying amounts of HK$4 million.

Other segment information

For the year ended 31 December 2013

Retail 
HK$ million 

Office 
HK$ million 

Residential 
HK$ million 

Consolidated
HK$ million

Additions to non-current assets 

679 

50 

10 

739

For the year ended 31 December 2012

Additions to non-current assets 
Additions to investment properties under
  re-development (Note) 

958 

55 

3 

1,016

504

1,520

Note:

The investment properties under re-development were completed during the year ended 31 December 2012.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  INVESTMENT INCOME

Investment income comprises:

Dividends from listed investments 
Interest income 

The following is an analysis of investment income:

Dividends from equity investments designated
  as at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) 
Financial assets measured at amortised cost 
Reclassification of gains from hedging reserve on
  financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges 

123

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 
76 

76 

3
52

55

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 
76 

– 

76 

3
48

4

55

Fair value gains and losses and interest income on financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) 
are disclosed in note 7 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

7.  OTHER GAINS AND LOSSES

Other gains and losses comprise:

Change in fair value of financial assets or financial liabilities
  classified as at FVTPL 
Losses on hedging instruments under fair value hedge 
Gains on adjustment for hedged items under fair value hedge 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 
(25) 
26 

1 

18
(11)
11

18

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

8.  FINANCE COSTS

Finance costs comprise:

Interest on bank loans wholly repayable within five years 
Interest on floating rate notes wholly repayable within five years 
Interest on fixed rate notes wholly repayable within five years 
Interest on fixed rate notes not wholly repayable within five years 
Imputed interest on zero coupon notes not wholly repayable within five years 

Total interest expenses 
Other finance costs 
Less: Amounts capitalised (Note) 

Net interest receipts on interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps 
Net exchange (gains) losses on borrowings 
Reclassification of net losses from hedging reserve on financial instruments 
  designated as cash flow hedges 
Medium Term Note Programme expenses 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

32 
3 
26 
166 
17 

244 
9 
– 

253 
(24) 
(40) 

52 
1 

242 

40
3
29
89
15

176
8
(17)

167
(27)
6

8
2

156

Note:

For the year ended 31 December 2012, interest expenses had been capitalised to investment properties under re-development at an average 
interest rate of 3.16% per annum.

9.  TAXATION

Current tax
  Hong Kong profits tax
  – current year 
  – underprovision (overprovision) in prior years 

Deferred tax (note 30) 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

250 
1 

251 
121 

372 

224
(2)

222
67

289

Hong Kong Profits Tax is calculated at 16.5% of the estimated assessable profit for both years.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
125

9.  TAXATION continued
The taxation for the year can be reconciled to the profit before taxation per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Profit before taxation 

Tax at Hong Kong profits tax rate of 16.5% 
Tax effect of share of results of associates 
Tax effect of expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Tax effect of income not taxable for tax purposes 
Tax effect of estimated tax losses not recognised 
Reversal of previously recognised taxable temporary differences 
Utilisation of estimated tax losses previously not recognised 
Underprovision (overprovision) in prior years 

Taxation for the year 

2013 
HK$ million 

7,169 

1,183 
(51) 
49 
(812) 
5 
(1) 
(2) 
1 

372 

2012
HK$ million

10,660

1,759
(55)
78
(1,493)
5
(1)
(2)
(2)

289

In addition to the amount charged to the consolidated income statement, deferred tax relating to the revaluation of the Group’s 
properties held for own use has been charged directly to properties valuation reserve (see note 30).

10. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

Auditor’s remuneration 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Gross rental income from investment properties
  including contingent rentals of HK$106 million
  (2012: HK$104 million) 
  Less:
  – Direct operating expenses arising from properties that generated rental income 
  – Direct operating expenses arising from properties that did not generate rental income 

Staff costs, comprising:
  – Directors’ emoluments (note 12) 
  – Share-based payments 
  – Other staff costs 

Share of income tax of an associate (included in share of results of associates) 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

2 

16 

2

11

(2,775) 

(2,232)

400 
5 

418
5

(2,370) 

(1,809)

32 
4 
218 

254 

119 

21
4
193

218

134

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126

11. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Other comprehensive income comprises:

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
  Equity investments designated as at FVTOCI:

  Net gains arising during the year 

  Revaluation of properties held for own use:

  Gains on revaluation of properties held for own use 
  Deferred taxation arising on revaluation 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
  Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
  Net (losses) gains arising during the year 
  Reclassification adjustments for net losses included in profit or loss 

  Share of translation reserve of an associate 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) 

Tax effect relating to other comprehensive income:

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 

24 
(4) 

20 

20 

(105) 
52 

(53) 

117 

64 

84 

115

40
(7)

33

148

12
4

16

2

18

166

2013 

2012

Before-tax 
amount 

Net-of-tax
amount
HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million

Before-tax 
amount 

Net-of-tax 
amount 

Tax 
expense 

Tax 
expense 

Net gains arising from equity
  investments designated as at FVTOCI 
Net (losses) gains arising from derivatives
  designated as cash flow hedges 
Gains on revaluation of properties held for own use 
Share of translation reserve of an associate 

– 

(53) 
24 
117 

88 

– 

– 
(4) 
– 

(4) 

– 

115 

(53) 
20 
117 

84 

16 
40 
2 

173 

– 

– 
(7) 
– 

(7) 

115

16
33
2

166

12. DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS

Directors’ fees 
Other emoluments
  Basic salaries, housing and other allowances 
  Bonus 
  Share-based payments 
  Retirement benefits scheme contributions 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

2 

13 
10 
6 
1 

32 

2

12
2
4
1

21

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
127

12. DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS continued
The emoluments paid or payable to each of the Directors of the Company for the two years ended 31 December 2013, 
calculated with reference to their employment as Directors of the Company, are set out below:

 Basic salaries, 
housing 
and other 
allowances 
HK$’000 
(Note a) 

Directors’ 
fees 
HK$’000 
(Note b) 

  Share-based 

Retirement
benefits
scheme
payments  contributions 
HK$’000 
HK$’000 
(Note d)

Bonus 
HK$’000 
(Note a) 

Total
HK$’000

For the year ended 31 December 2013

Executive Directors
Irene Yun Lien LEE 
Siu Chuen LAU 
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

Non-executive Directors
Hans Michael JEBSEN 
Anthony Hsien Pin LEE 
Chien LEE 
Michael Tze Hau LEE 

Independent non-executive Directors
Nicholas Charles ALLEN 
Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE 
Philip Yan Hok FAN 
Joseph Chung Yin POON 

For the year ended 31 December 2012

Executive Directors
Irene Yun Lien LEE (Note c) 
Siu Chuen LAU (Note c) 
Gerry Lui Fai YIM (Notes c & e) 
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG (Note c) 

Non-executive Directors
Hans Michael JEBSEN 
Anthony Hsien Pin LEE 
Chien LEE 
Michael Tze Hau LEE 

Independent non-executive Directors
Nicholas Charles ALLEN (Note e) 
Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE (Note g) 
Philip Yan Hok FAN (Note f) 
Joseph Chung Yin POON (Notes e & f) 

– 
– 
– 

4,931 
5,341 
3,042 

4,952 
3,187 
1,638 

2,715 
2,519 
1,251 

15 
15 
281 

12,613
11,062
6,212

200 
260 
240 
240 

340 
200 
350 
260 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

200
260
240
240

340
200
350
260

2,090 

13,314 

9,777 

6,485 

311 

31,977

 Basic salaries, 
housing 
and other 
allowances 
HK$’000 
(Note c) 

Directors’ 
fees 
HK$’000 
(Note b) 

  Share-based 

Retirement
benefits
scheme
payments  contributions 
HK$’000 
HK$’000 
(Note d)

Bonus 
HK$’000 
(Note c) 

Total
HK$’000

84 
81 
– 
– 

200 
260 
240 
240 

337 
12 
349 
252 

4,023 
3,388 
1,830 
3,042 

– 
– 
1,000 
1,638 

1,086 
1,007 
710 
1,228 

12 
10 
5 
281 

5,205
4,486
3,545
6,189

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

200
260
240
240

337
12
349
252

2,055 

12,283 

2,638 

4,031 

308 

21,315

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128

12. DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS continued
Notes:

a. 

Year 2013:

The Remuneration Committee met in February 2013 to approve the 2013 annual fixed base salary and determine the 2012 performance-
based bonus of the Company’s Executive Directors. The annual cash compensation of Irene Yun Lien Lee, Chairman, was revised to 
HK$8,218,493, based on market benchmark, and the jobholder’s experience, qualification, and performance. Her annual base salary 
remained unchanged at HK$4,931,096 (making up 60% of the total package instead of 80% as in 2012). Annual fixed base salary of all 
Executive Directors remained the same for 2013. The stated bonus figures show the 2012 performance-based bonus approved by the 
Committee and paid to Executive Directors.

b.  Directors’ fees scales for Board and Board Committees were approved by shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 9 May 

2011. Details are set out in Directors’ Remuneration and Interests Report.

Director’s fees (payable only to Non-executive Directors as from 1 June 2011) are calculated on annual basis and paid semi-annually. For 
Directors not having served the full year on a position, the fees will be calculated and paid on pro rata basis.

Breakdown of Directors’ fees of each of the Directors of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2013 is set out below:

Executive Directors
Irene Yun Lien LEE 
Siu Chuen LAU 
Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

Non-executive Directors
Hans Michael JEBSEN 
Anthony Hsien Pin LEE 
Chien LEE 
Michael Tze Hau LEE 

Independent non-executive Directors
Nicholas Charles ALLEN 
Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE 
Philip Yan Hok FAN 
Joseph Chung Yin POON 

Board 
HK$’000 

Audit  Remuneration 
Committee 
HK$’000 

Committee 
HK$’000 

Strategy  Nomination 
Committee 
HK$’000 

Committee 
HK$’000 

2013 
Total 
HK$’000 

2012
Total
HK$’000

– 
– 
– 

200 
200 
200 
200 

200 
200 
200 
200 

1,600 

– 
– 
– 

– 
60 
– 
– 

100 
– 
60 
– 

220 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
40 

– 
– 
50 
40 

130 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
20 
– 

20 
– 
20 
– 

60 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
20 
– 

20 
– 
20 
20 

80 

– 
– 
– 

200 
260 
240 
240 

340 
200 
350 
260 

84
81
–

200
260
240
240

337
12
349
252

2,090 

2,055

c. 

Year 2012:

By way of background, there were the following management changes:

(i)  Gerry Lui Fai YIM resigned as Chief Executive Officer, effective 14 May 2012.

(ii) 

Irene Yun Lien LEE, Chairman, assumed an executive role effective 8 March 2012.

(iii)  Siu Chuen LAU, was appointed (executive) Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, effective 14 May 2012.

The Remuneration Committee met in March 2012 to approve the 2012 annual fixed base salary and determine the 2011 performance-
based bonus of the Company’s Executive Directors. The stated bonus figures show the 2011 performance-based bonus approved by the 
Committee and paid to Executive Directors. In May 2012, following the appointment of the Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
the Committee considered and approved his annual remuneration package.

Irene Yun Lien LEE’s annual fixed base salary was determined to be HK$4,931,096, at the same level as the former Executive Chairman, 
with inflationary adjustment since 2010. The annual fixed base salary of Gerry Lui Fai YIM remained at the same level during 2012 
(HK$5,340,400) until his last working day. Siu Chuen LAU received the same annual base salary (HK$5,340,400) upon his appointment 
as Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Committee has determined the total cash package of Wendy Wen Yee YUNG taking 
into consideration changes in her roles.

d.  Share-based payments are the fair values of share options granted to Executive Directors, which are determined at the date of grant 

and expensed over the vesting period (except where options are forfeited before vesting), regardless of whether the Executive Directors 
exercise the share options or not during the year.

e. 

There were the following changes in the composition of the Nomination Committee effective 20 February 2012:

(i)  Nicholas Charles ALLEN and Joseph Chung Yin POON were appointed members; and

(ii)  Gerry Lui Fai YIM ceased to be a member.

f. 

There were the following changes in the composition of the Remuneration Committee effective 20 February 2012:

(i) 

Philip Yan Hok FAN was appointed Chairman of the Committee; and

(ii) 

Joseph Chung Yin POON was appointed a member.

g. 

Frederick Peter CHURCHOUSE was appointed Independent non-executive Director effective on 10 December 2012.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
129

13. EMPLOYEES’ EMOLUMENTS
Of the five individuals with the highest emoluments in the Group, three (2012: three) were Directors of the Company, details of 
whose emoluments are included in note 12 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section. The emoluments of all of the five 
individuals with the highest emoluments for the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Basic salaries, housing and other allowances 
Bonus 
Share-based payments (Note) 

Note:

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

19 
11 
8 

38 

16
3
5

24

Share-based payments are the fair values of share options granted to Executive Directors and eligible employees, which are determined at the 
date of grant and expensed over the vesting period (except where options are forfeited before vesting), regardless of whether the Executive 
Directors or eligible employees exercise the share options or not during the year.

Their emoluments are within the following bands:

HK$3,500,001 to HK$4,000,000 
HK$4,000,001 to HK$4,500,000 
HK$5,000,001 to HK$5,500,000 
HK$6,000,001 to HK$6,500,000 
HK$11,000,001 to HK$11,500,000 
HK$12,500,001 to HK$13,000,000 

Number of individuals

2013 

2012

1 
1 
– 
1 
1 
1 

5 

1
2
1
1
–
–

5

Senior management (for the purpose of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange (“the Listing 
Rules”)) during the year are Executive Directors and an officer. Their emoluments are within the following bands.

HK$3,500,001 to HK$4,000,000 
HK$4,000,001 to HK$4,500,000 
HK$5,000,001 to HK$5,500,000 
HK$6,000,001 to HK$6,500,000 
HK$11,000,001 to HK$11,500,000 
HK$12,500,001 to HK$13,000,000 

Number of individuals

2013 

2012

1 
– 
– 
1 
1 
1 

4 

2
1
1
1
–
–

5

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130

14. DIVIDENDS
(a)  Dividends recognised as distribution during the year:

2013 first interim dividend paid – HK22 cents per share 
2012 first interim dividend paid – HK17 cents per share 
2012 second interim dividend paid – HK78 cents per share 
2011 final dividend paid – HK64 cents per share 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

234 
– 
830 
– 

1,064 

–
180
–
679

859

Scrip dividend alternatives were offered to the shareholders in respect of the 2012 first interim dividend and 2011 final 
dividend. These alternatives were accepted by the shareholders as follows:

2013 first interim dividend (2012 first interim dividend):
  – Cash payment 
  – Share alternative 
2012 second interim dividend (2011 final dividend):
  – Cash payment 
  – Share alternative 

(b)  Dividends declared after the end of the reporting period:

Second interim dividend (in lieu of a final dividend)
  – HK95 cents per share (2012: HK78 cents per share) 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

234 
– 

830 
– 

1,064 

135
45

634
45

859

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

1,010 

829

The second interim dividend is not recognised as a liability as at 31 December 2013 because it has been declared after the 
end of the reporting period. Such dividend will be accounted for as an appropriation of the retained profits in the year ending 31 
December 2014.

The declared second interim dividend will be payable in cash.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
131

15. EARNINGS PER SHARE
(a)  Basic and diluted earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the owners of the Company is based on the following 
data:

Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share:
  Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose
  of basic earnings per share 

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
  Share options issued by the Company 

Earnings

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

6,158 

9,955

Number of shares

2013 

2012

1,063,488,216 

1,061,276,321

365,948 

486,784

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of
  diluted earnings per share 

1,063,854,164 

1,061,763,105

In both years, the computation of diluted earnings per share does not assume the exercise of certain of the Company’s 
outstanding share options as the exercise prices of those options are higher than the average market price for shares.

(b)  Adjusted basic earnings per share
For the purpose of assessing the performance of the Group’s principal activities (i.e. leasing of investment properties), the 
management is of the view that the profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company should be adjusted in the 
calculation of basic earnings per share as follows:

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
Change in fair value of investment properties 
Effect of non-controlling interests’ shares 
Share of change in fair value of investment properties
  (net of deferred taxation) of an associate 

Underlying Profit 

Recurring Underlying Profit 

Notes:

2013 

2012

Basic 
earnings 
per 
share 
HK cents 

579.04 
(430.19) 
50.02 

Profit 
HK$ million 

9,955 
(8,533) 
323 

Basic
earnings
per
share
HK cents

938.02
(804.03)
30.43

Profit 
HK$ million 

6,158 
(4,575) 
532 

(72) 

(6.77) 

(123) 

(11.59)

2,043 

2,043 

192.10 

192.10 

1,622 

1,622 

152.83

152.83

(1)  Recurring Underlying Profit is arrived at by excluding from Underlying Profit items that are non-recurring in nature (such as gains or losses 
on disposal of long-terms asset; impairment or its reversal; and tax provisions for prior years). As there were no such adjustments in both 
years, the Recurring Underlying Profit is the same as the Underlying Profit.

(2)  The denominators used in calculating the adjusted earnings per share are the same as those detailed above for basic earnings per share.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132

16. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

Fair Value
At 1 January 
Additions 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Transfer to property, plant and equipment 
Change in fair value recognised in profit or loss – unrealised 

At 31 December 

The carrying amount of investment properties shown above comprises:

Land in Hong Kong:
  – Medium-term lease 
  – Long lease 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

60,022 
733 
6 
(14) 
4,575 

65,322 

49,969
1,510
10
–
8,533

60,022

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

7,716 
57,606 

65,322 

7,740
52,282

60,022

All of the Group’s property interests held under operating leases to earn rentals or for capital appreciation purposes are 
measured using the fair value model and are classified and accounted for as investment properties.

Fair value measurements and valuation processes
The fair value of the Group’s investment properties at 31 December 2013 and 2012 have been arrived at on the basis of a 
valuation carried out on that date by Knight Frank Petty Limited, an independent qualified professional valuer not connected 
with the Group. The Group’s investment properties have been valued individually, on market value basis, which conforms to 
Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors Valuation Standards. The valuation was derived from the basis of capitalisation of net income 
with due allowance for the reversionary income potential. In estimating the fair value of the investment properties, including 
properties with an intention to re-develop, the management of the Group has considered the highest and best use of the 
investment properties upon application of HKFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement”. There has been no change to the valuation 
technique during the year.

All of the fair value measurements of the Group’s investment properties were categorised into Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. 
Details of fair value hierarchy are set out in note 4 of the Financial Risk Management section.

There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 during the year.

At the end of the reporting period, the management of the Group works with Knight Frank Petty Limited to establish and 
determine the appropriate valuation techniques and inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. Where there is a material 
change in the fair value of the assets, the causes of the fluctuations will be reported to the Directors of the Company.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
133

16. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES continued
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
The following table shows a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for fair value measurements of 
the Group’s investment properties by operating and reportable segment.

At 1 January 2013 
Additions 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Transfer to property, plant and equipment 
Change in fair value recognised in profit or loss
  – unrealised 

At 31 December 2013 

Retail 
HK$ million 

Office 
HK$ million 

Residential 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

The Group

28,906 
679 
– 
– 

3,066 

32,651 

22,622 
44 
6 
(14) 

1,542 

24,200 

8,494 
10 
– 
– 

(33) 

8,471 

60,022
733
6
(14)

4,575

65,322

Information about fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
The following table shows the valuation techniques used in the determination of fair values for investment properties by 
operating and reportable segment and unobservable inputs used in the valuation models.

The Group

Valuation 
techniques 

Unobservable 
inputs 

Range/ 
weighted average 
of unobservable 
inputs 

Relationship of
unobservable
inputs to fair
value

Description 

Fair value as at 
31 December 
2013 
HK$ million

Retail 

32,651 

Income 
  capitalisation 
  approach 

(i) Capitalisation rate 

5.00% – 5.25% 

(ii) Market rent 

HK$132 
  per square foot 

Office 

24,200 

Income 
  capitalisation 
  approach 

(i) Capitalisation rate 

4.25% – 5.00% 

(ii) Market rent 

HK$46 
  per square foot 

Residential 

8,471 

Income 
  capitalisation 
  approach 

(i) Capitalisation rate 

3.75% – 4.00% 

(ii) Market rent 

HK$34 
  per square foot 

The higher the
  capitalisation
  rate, the lower
  the fair value.

The higher
  the market rent,
  the higher the
  fair value.

The higher the
  capitalisation
  rate, the lower
  the fair value.

The higher
  the market rent,
  the higher the
  fair value.

The higher the
  capitalisation
  rate, the lower
  the fair value.

The higher
  the market rent,
  the higher the
  fair value.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
134

17. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Leasehold land  
and buildings  
in Hong Kong 
HK$ million 
(Note)

Furniture,
fixtures and 
equipment 
HK$ million 

Computers 
HK$ million 

Motor
vehicles 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

The Group

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2012 
Additions 
Transfer to investment properties 
Surplus on revaluation 

At 31 December 2012 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer from investment properties 
Transfer to investment properties 
Surplus on revaluation 

At 31 December 2013 

Comprising:
  At cost 
  At valuation 2013 

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2012 
Provided for the year 
Eliminated on revaluation 

At 31 December 2012 
Provided for the year 
Eliminated on disposals 
Eliminated on revaluation 

At 31 December 2013 

Carrying Amounts
At 31 December 2013 

At 31 December 2012 

512 
– 
(10) 
37 

539 
– 
– 
14 
(6) 
20 

567 

– 
567 

567 

– 
3 
(3) 

– 
4 
– 
(4) 

– 

567 

539 

66 
25 
– 
– 

91 
4 
(1) 
– 
– 
– 

94 

94 
– 

94 

57 
5 
– 

62 
8 
(1) 
– 

69 

25 

29 

35 
5 
– 
– 

40 
3 
– 
– 
– 
– 

43 

43 
– 

43 

26 
3 
– 

29 
4 
– 
– 

33 

10 

11 

1 
1 
– 
– 

2 
1 
(1) 
– 
– 
– 

2 

2 
– 

2 

1 
– 
– 

1 
– 
(1) 
– 

– 

2 

1 

614
31
(10)
37

672
8
(2)
14
(6)
20

706

139
567

706

84
11
(3)

92
16
(2)
(4)

102

604

580

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
135

17. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

Furniture,
fixtures and 
equipment 
HK$ million 

Computers 
HK$ million 

Motor
vehicles 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

The Company

Cost
At 1 January 2012 
Additions 

At 31 December 2012 
Disposal 

At 31 December 2013 

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2012 
Provided for the year 

At 31 December 2012 
Provided for the year 
Eliminated on disposal 

At 31 December 2013 

Carrying amounts

At 31 December 2013 

At 31 December 2012 

25 
15 

40 
– 

40 

23 
1 

24 
4 
– 

28 

12 

16 

31 
– 

31 
– 

31 

23 
2 

25 
2 
– 

27 

4 

6 

1 
– 

1 
(1) 

– 

1 
– 

1 
– 
(1) 

– 

– 

– 

57
15

72
(1)

71

47
3

50
6
(1)

55

16

22

The above items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis at the following rates per annum:

Leasehold land and buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Computers 
Motor vehicles 

Over the term of the lease or 40 years, whichever is shorter
20%
20%
25%

The carrying amount of the Group’s leasehold land shown above represents the property situated in Hong Kong with long lease.

Note:

Fair value measurements and valuation processes

The fair value of the Group’s leasehold land and buildings in Hong Kong at 31 December 2013 and 2012 have been arrived at on the basis of 
a valuation carried out on that date by Knight Frank Petty Limited, an independent qualified professional valuer not connected with the Group. 
The Group’s leasehold land and buildings in Hong Kong have been valued individually, on market value basis, which conforms to Hong Kong 
Institute of Surveyors Valuation Standards. The valuation was derived from the basis of capitalisation of net income with due allowance for the 
reversionary income potential. In estimating the fair value of the properties, the management of the Group has considered the highest and best 
use of the properties upon application of HKFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement”. There has been no change to the valuation technique during the 
year.

All of the fair value measurements of the Group’s leasehold land and buildings in Hong Kong were categorised into Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy. Details of fair value hierarchy are set out in note 4 of the Financial Risk Management section.

There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 during the year.

At the end of the reporting period, the management of the Group works with Knight Frank Petty Limited to establish and determine the 
appropriate valuation techniques and inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. Where there is a material change in the fair value of the 
assets, the causes of the fluctuations will be reported to the Directors of the Company.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
136

17. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
Information about fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
The following table shows the valuation techniques used in the determination of fair values for the Group’s leasehold land and 
buildings in Hong Kong and unobservable inputs used in the valuation models.

Fair value as at 
31 December 
2013 
HK$ million

567 

Description 

Leasehold 
  land and 
  buildings in 
  Hong Kong 

The Group

Valuation 
Techniques 

Unobservable 
inputs 

Range/ 
weighted average 
of unobservable 
inputs 

Relationship of
unobservable
inputs to fair
value

Income 
  capitalisation 
  approach 

(i)  Capitalisation rate 

4.25% – 5.00% 

(ii)  Market rent 

HK$55 
  per square foot 

The higher the
  capitalisation
  rate, the lower
  the fair value.

The higher the 
  market rent,
  the higher the
  fair value.

The gains of HK$24 million (2012: HK$40 million) arising on revaluation have been recognised in other comprehensive income 
and accumulated in properties revaluation reserve.

Had the Group’s land and buildings been measured on a historical cost basis, their carrying amounts would have been HK$185 
million (2012: HK$179 million) at the end of the reporting period.

Furniture, fixtures and equipment of the Group include assets carried at cost of HK$31 million (2012: HK$28 million) and 
accumulated depreciation of HK$24 million (2012: HK$22 million) in respect of assets held for leasing out under operating 
leases. Depreciation charges in respect of those assets for the year amounted to HK$2 million (2012: HK$1 million).

There is no property, plant and equipment of the Company held for renting out under operating leases for the year or at the end 
of the reporting period.

18. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Investments in subsidiaries comprise:

Unlisted shares, at cost 
Deemed capital contribution in subsidiaries (Note) 

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 
1,471 

1,471 

–
1,603

1,603

Note:

The deemed capital contribution in subsidiaries represents the adjustment to the amounts due from subsidiaries based on the estimated timing 
on future cash flows.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES continued
The table below lists the principal subsidiaries of the Group at 31 December 2013 and 2012:

Place of 
incorporation/ 
operation 

Issued 
share capital 

Proportion of
nominal value of
issued share capital
held by the Company
indirectly 
directly 

Name of subsidiary 

Admore Investments Limited 
HD Treasury Limited 
Hysan (MTN) Limited 

Hysan China Holdings Limited 
Hysan Corporate Services Limited 

Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
British Virgin Islands/ 
Hong Kong
British Virgin Islands 
Hong Kong 

HK$2 
HK$2 
US$1 

HK$1 
HK$2 

Hysan Leasing Company Limited 
Hysan Property Management Limited 
Hysan Treasury Limited 
Kwong Hup Holding Limited 
Kwong Wan Realty Limited 
Minsal Limited 
Mondsee Limited 
Stangard Limited 

HK$2 
Hong Kong 
HK$2 
Hong Kong 
HK$2 
Hong Kong 
HK$1 
British Virgin Islands 
HK$1,000 
Hong Kong 
HK$2 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
HK$2 
Hong Kong  HK$300,000 

100% 
100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Teamfine Enterprises Limited 
Bamboo Grove Recreational 
  Services Limited 
Earn Extra Investments Limited 
Gearup Investments Limited 
HD Investment Limited 
Lee Theatre Realty Limited 
Leighton Property Company 
  Limited
Main Rise Development Limited 
OHA Property Company Limited 
Perfect Win Properties Limited 
Silver Nicety Company Limited 
Barrowgate Limited 

Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 

HK$2 
HK$2 

100% 
– 

– 
100% 

Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
British Virgin Islands 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 

HK$1 
HK$1 
HK$1 
HK$10 
HK$2 

Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 

HK$2 
HK$2 
HK$2 
HK$20 
HK$10,000 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

100% 
– 
100% 
– 
100% 
– 
– 
100% 
–  65.36% 

137

Principal activities

Investment holding
Treasury operation
Treasury operation

Investment holding
Provision of corporate
services
Leasing administration
Property management
Treasury operation
Investment holding
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Provision of security
services
Investment holding
Resident club
management
Property investment
Property development
Investment holding
Property investment
Property investment

Investment holding
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment

The Directors are of the opinion that a complete list of all subsidiaries and their particulars will be of excessive length and 
therefore the above table contains only those subsidiaries which materially contribute to the net income of the Group or hold a 
material portion of the assets or liabilities or otherwise are operating subsidiaries of the Group. Other than floating rate notes, 
fixed rate notes and zero coupon notes issued by Hysan (MTN) Limited as disclosed in note 29 of the Notes to the Financial 
Statements section, none of the subsidiaries had issued any debt securities at the end of the reporting period.

The summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s subsidiary that has material non-controlling interests is set out 
below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
138

18. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES continued
Barrowgate Limited

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

Turnover 

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year 

Profit and total comprehensive income attributable to owner of the Company 

Profit and total comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interests 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Net cash inflows from operating activities 

Net cash outflows from investing activities 

Cash outflows from financing activities 

Net cash inflows 

19. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

Cost of unlisted investments 
Share of post-acquisition profits and
  other comprehensive income,
  net of dividends received 

Loan to an associate 
Less: Loss allocated in excess of cost of investments 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

112 

9,357 

(1,030) 

(196) 

5,388 

2,855 

463 

1,844 

1,205 

639 

108 

360 

(27) 

(310) 

23 

84

7,780

(1,037)

(118)

4,385

2,324

390

1,201

785

416

83

294

(26)

(240)

28

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

2 

2

4,179 

4,181 

116 
(116) 

– 

3,753

3,755

125
(121)

4

4,181 

3,759

Loan to an associate of HK$116 million (2012: HK$125 million) is unsecured and interest-free. In the opinion of the Directors, 
the loan is considered as part of the Group’s net investment in the associate and, accordingly, the loan is included in the 
amount of investments in associates.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
139

19. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES continued
Details of the Group’s associates at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Name of associate 

Form of 
business structure 

Country Link 
  Enterprises Limited (Note) 

Private limited 
company 

Shanghai Kong Hui 
  Property Development 
  Co., Ltd (Note) 

Shanghai Grand 
  Gateway Plaza 
  Property Management 
  Co., Ltd (Note)

Sino-Foreign 
equity joint 
venture

Sino-Foreign 
equity joint
venture

Place of 
incorporation/ 
establishment 
and operation 

Hong Kong 

Class of 
share held/ 
registered 
capital 

Effective
interest
held by
the Group 

Principal activities

Ordinary share 
of HK$5,000,000

26.3%* 

Investment holding

The PRC 

US$165,000,000# 

24.7%* 

Property development
and leasing

The PRC 

US$140,000# 

23.7%* 

Property management

Wingrove Investment 
  Pte Ltd^ 

Private company 
limited by shares 

Singapore 

Ordinary share 
of S$1,000,000

25.0%* 

Inactive

* 

# 

^ 

Indirectly held

Fully paid-up registered capital

The company is under liquidation as at 31 December 2013

Note:

Shanghai Kong Hui Property Development Co., Ltd and Shanghai Grand Gateway Plaza Property Management Co., Ltd are non-wholly owned 
subsidiaries of Country Link Enterprises Limited, together known as “Country Link”.

The summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s material associate is set out below. The summarised financial 
information below represents amounts shown in the associate’s financial statements prepared in accordance with HKFRSs. The 
associate is accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated financial statements.

Country Link

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Turnover 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Group’s share of results of associates for the year 

Group’s share of other comprehensive income
  of associates for the year 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

3,048 

18,660 

(902) 

(3,960) 

1,526 

1,248 

474 

1,722 

309 

1,943

17,691

(795)

(3,678)

1,451

1,358

5

1,363

334

117 

2

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
140

19. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES continued
Country Link continued
Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the associate that is 
material to the Group recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Net assets of the associate 
Non-controlling interests of the associate 

Net assets of the associate after deducting
  non-controlling interests of the associate 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the associate 

Group’s share of net assets of the associate 
Others 

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the associate 

Information of the associate that is not individually material

Group’s share of loss, other comprehensive expenses
  and total comprehensive expenses for the year 

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the associate 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

16,846 
(944) 

15,902 
26.3% 

4,184 
(3) 

4,181 

15,161
(877)

14,284
26.3%

3,758
(3)

3,755

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 

– 

–

4

20. PRINCIPAL-PROTECTED INVESTMENTS
The carrying amounts of principal-protected investments based on the maturity dates of respective contracts are analysed as 
follows:

Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but not exceeding 5 years 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

77 
81 

158 

218
160

378

The Group entered into certain contracts of structured investments with certain financial institutions. The structured investments 
are principal-protected at the maturity dates and contain embedded derivatives. The interest rates of such investments vary in 
relation to the relative movements of the underlying variables, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The entire 
combined contracts have been classified as financial assets at FVTPL.

The notional amount and the maturity period of the principal-protected investments are as follows:

Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but not exceeding 5 years 

The Group

2013 

2012

Notional 
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair 
value 
HK$ million 

Notional 
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair
value
HK$ million

78 
80 

158 

77 
81 

158 

213 
158 

371 

218
160

378

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. TERM NOTES

Term notes, at amortised cost, comprise:

  – Debt securities listed in Hong Kong 
  – Debt securities listed in overseas 
  – Unlisted debt securities 

Total 

Analysed for reporting purposes as:
  Current assets 
  Non-current assets 

141

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

110 
168 
924 

1,202 

580 
622 

1,202 

19
161
730

910

383
527

910

As at 31 December 2013, the effective yield of the debt securities ranged from 1.11% to 3.27% (2012: 1.05% to 3.27%) per 
annum, payable quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and the securities will mature from January 2014 to June 2016 (2012: 
from February 2013 to December 2014). At the end of the reporting period, none of these assets were past due but not 
impaired.

22. EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Unlisted investments:
  – Overseas equity securities, at fair value 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

1 

1

The overseas equity securities represent the Group’s investments in unlisted equity securities issued by private entities 
incorporated in Singapore. These private entities are engaged in property investment and development activities in Singapore 
and are inactive during both years.

23. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES

Current 

Non-current

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

Other financial assets
Derivatives under hedge accounting:
  Fair value hedges

  – Interest rate swaps 

Financial assets measured at FVTPL:
  Other derivatives classified as held for
  trading (not under hedge accounting):

  – Forward foreign exchange contracts 

  Club debentures 

Total 

Other financial liabilities
Derivatives under hedge accounting:
  Cash flow hedges

  – Cross currency swaps 
  – Interest rate swaps 

Total 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

45 
3 

48 

– 

2 
– 

2 

2 

1 
4 

5 

30 

– 
2 

2 

32 

68 
6 

74 

55

–
2

2

57

4
21

25

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
142

23. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES continued
(a)  Cash flow hedges
(i)  Foreign currency risk
During the year, the Group used forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps to manage its foreign currency 
exposure. The principal terms of the forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps have been negotiated to 
match the major terms of the respective designated hedged items and the management considers that the hedges are highly 
effective.

The table below is prepared based on the maturity dates of respective contracts. The major terms of these outstanding forward 
foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

2013 

2012

The Group

Average 
exchange 

Foreign 
rate*  currency 

Fair 
value 
HK$ 
  million  million  million 

Notional amount 
HK$ 

Average
exchange 

Foreign 
rate*  currency 

Notional amount 
HK$ 

Fair
value
HK$
million  million

million 

Forward foreign
  exchange contracts

Sell US dollars (“USD”)
  (Note a)
Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but
  not exceeding 5 years 

Cross currency swaps

Hedging interest and
  principal of Australian
  dollars (“AUD”)
  bank loan (Note b)
Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but
  not exceeding 5 years 

Hedging interest and
  principal of USD
  bank loans (Note c)
Within 1 year 

Hedging interest and
  principal of USD
  fixed rate notes (Note d)
More than 5 years 

Total 

7.7426 

USD 

25 

194 

7.7435 

7.7429 

USD 

USD 

12 

37 

89 

283 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7.7309 

7.7309 

USD 

USD 

– 

10 

10 

– 

77 

77 

8.1497 

AUD 

37 

300 

(45) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8.1497 

AUD 

– 

37 

– 

– 

8.1497 

300 

(45) 

8.1497 

AUD 

AUD 

37 

37 

300 

300 

–

–

–

–

(4)

(4)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7.8000 

USD 

26 

200 

(1)

7.7519 

USD 

300  2,326 

(68) 

– 

– 

– 

  2,909 

(113) 

– 

577 

–

(5)

* 

Average exchange rate represented the average exchange rate of HKD versus respective currencies weighted by the notional amounts of 
the contracts or the swaps.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
143

23. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES continued
(a)  Cash flow hedges continued
(i)  Foreign currency risk continued
Notes:

(a)  The Group used HK$283 million (2012: HK$77 million) forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the foreign exchange rate risk of part 

of the principal amount of term notes and principal-protected investments denominated in USD at their respective maturity dates.

(b)  The Group used HK$300 million (2012: HK$300 million) cross currency swap to convert AUD interest and principal of AUD37 million 

(2012: AUD37 million) bank loan into HKD.

(c)  As at 31 December 2012, The Group used HK$200 million cross currency swap to convert USD interest and principal of US$26 million 

bank loan into HKD. The swap matured in July 2013.

(d)  The Group used HK$2,326 million (2012: nil) cross currency swap to convert USD interest and principal of US$300 million (2012: nil) 

fixed rate notes into HKD.

As at 31 December 2013, net cumulative fair value losses of HK$68 million (2012: gains of HK$1 million) from the forward 
foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps have been recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated 
in hedging reserve, and are expected to be released to the consolidated income statements at various dates when the hedged 
items impact the profit or loss.

During the year, net losses of HK$36 million (2012: gains of HK$18 million) on forward foreign exchange contracts and cross 
currency swaps were reclassified from hedging reserve to profit or loss as finance costs.

For the year ended 31 December 2012, gains of HK$4 million on forward foreign exchange contracts were reclassified from 
hedging reserves to profit or loss as investment income.

The fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps are measured using quoted forward exchange 
rates and yield curves from quoted interest rates matching maturities of the contracts and swaps.

Interest rate risk

(ii) 
During the year, the Group used interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risk exposure. The terms of the swaps have been 
negotiated to match the major terms of the respective hedged underlying items so that the management considers that the 
interest rate swaps are highly effective hedging instruments.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW144

23. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES continued
(a)  Cash flow hedges continued
(ii) 
The table below is prepared based on the maturity dates of respective contracts. The major terms of these outstanding interest 
rate swaps at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

Interest rate risk continued

The Group

2013 

2012

Average 
interest 

rate* 

Notional 
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair 
value 
HK$ million 

Average
interest 

rate* 

Notional  
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair
value
HK$ million

Interest rate swaps

Hedging interest of
  HKD bank loans (Note a)
Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but
  not exceeding 5 years 

Hedging floating-interest
  –rate payments of financial
  instruments (Note b)
Within 1 year 
More than 1 year but
  not exceeding 5 years 

Total 

– 

3.65% 

3.65% 

2.99% 

– 

2.99% 

– 

200 

200 

200 

– 

200 

400 

3.12% 

3.65% 

3.32% 

– 

2.99% 

2.99% 

– 

(6) 

(6) 

(3) 

– 

(3) 

(9) 

325 

200 

525 

– 

200 

200 

725 

(4)

(13)

(17)

– 

(8)

(8)

(25)

* 

Average interest rate represented the average fixed interest rate paid by the Group against receipts of 3-month HIBOR or 6-month HIBOR 
weighted by the notional amounts of the swaps.

Notes:

(a)  The Group used HK$200 million (2012: HK$525 million) interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate changes of the 

monthly or quarterly interest payments of HKD bank loans.

(b)  The Group used HK$200 million (2012: HK$200 million) interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk in relation to the quarterly 

floating-interest-rate payments of certain financial instruments.

As at 31 December 2013, cumulative fair value losses of HK$9 million (2012: HK$25 million) from the interest rate swaps 
under cash flow hedges have been recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve, and are 
expected to be released to the consolidated income statement at various dates during the lives of the swaps when the hedged 
interest expenses are recognised and impact the profit or loss.

During the year, losses of HK$16 million (2012: HK$26 million) on interest rate swaps were reclassified from hedging reserve 
to profit or loss as finance costs.

The fair values of interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based 
on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
145

23. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES continued
(b)  Fair value hedges
The Group used interest rate swaps to minimise its exposure to fair value changes of its HKD fixed rate notes and zero 
coupon notes by swapping the notes from fixed rates to floating rates. The major terms of the interest rate swaps match the 
corresponding notes and the management considers that the swaps are highly effective hedging instruments.

The table below is prepared based on the maturity dates of respective contracts. The major terms of these outstanding interest 
rate swaps at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

Interest rate swaps (Note)
More than 1 year but
  not exceeding 5 years 
More than 5 years 

2013 

2012

The Group

Notional 
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair 
value 
HK$ million 

Average
interest 
rate* 

Notional  
amount 
HK$ million 

Fair
value
HK$ million

300 
308 

608 

17 
13 

30 

4.18% 
4.50% 

4.33% 

300 
293 

593 

29
26

55

Average 
interest 
rate* 

4.18% 
4.50% 

4.34% 

* 

The average interest rate represented the average fixed interest rate (weighted by the notional amounts of the interest rate swaps) received 
by the Group against payments of 3-month HIBOR.

Note:

The Group designated HK$300 million (2012: HK$300 million) fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk related to part of 
the coupon payments of the HK$300 million (2012: HK$300 million) fixed rate notes. The Group also designated a fixed-to-floating interest rate 
swap with notional amount of HK$308 million (2012: HK$293 million) as at 31 December 2013 to hedge the zero coupon notes with notional 
amount of HK$430 million by converting a fixed rate of 5.19% per annum to HIBOR plus 0.69% per annum.

As a result of the hedge accounting, the carrying amount of the fixed rate notes as at 31 December 2013 was adjusted by 
cumulative losses of HK$17 million (2012: HK$29 million) while the carrying amount of the zero coupon notes as at 31 
December 2013 was adjusted by cumulative losses of HK$13 million (2012: HK$27 million). The changes in fair values of 
the notes for the hedged risk were included in profit or loss at the same time that the changes in fair value of the swaps were 
included in profit or loss.

The fair values of interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based 
on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

(c)  Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Club debentures
Other financial assets of the Company represented investments in unlisted club debentures. The Group’s and the Company’s 
investments in unlisted club debentures have been classified as financial assets measured at FVTPL.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
146

24. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Accounts receivable 
Interest receivable 
Prepayments in respect of investment properties 
Other receivables and prepayments 

Total 

Analysed for reporting purposes as:
  Current assets 
  Non-current assets 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

10 
80 
47 
334 

471 

241 
230 

471 

13
27
59
302

401

158
243

401

Rents from leasing of investment properties are normally received in advance. At the end of the reporting period, accounts 
receivable of the Group with carrying amount of HK$10 million (2012: HK$13 million) mainly represented rents receipts in 
arrears, which were aged less than 90 days.

At the end of the reporting period, none of the accounts receivable were past due but not impaired.

25. AMOUNTS DUE FROM/TO SUBSIDIARIES

Amounts due from subsidiaries are classified as:
  Current assets (Note a) 
  Non-current assets (Note b) 

Amounts due to subsidiaries (Note a) 

Notes:

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

9,167 
3,711 

12,878 

8,984
3,797

12,781

1,275 

1,337

(a)  The amounts due from/to subsidiaries are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

(b)  The amounts due from subsidiaries are unsecured, interest-free with no fixed terms of repayment and classified as non-current assets as 

they are not expected to be recoverable within the next twelve months.

26. TIME DEPOSITS/CASH AND BANK BALANCES

Time deposits 
Cash and bank balances 

Cash and deposits with banks shown in the consolidated statement of financial position 
Less: Time deposits with original maturity over three months 

Cash and cash equivalents shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

4,042 
81 

4,123 
(3,502) 

621 

2,158
153

2,311
(1,348)

963

The Company’s cash and bank balances represent cash on hand and bank balances with original maturity of three months 
or less. As at 31 December 2012, time deposits of HK$55 million with original maturity over three months were held by the 
Company.

Time deposits, cash and bank balances include bank deposits carrying effective interest rates ranging from 0.08% to 3.75% 
(2012: 0.1% to 3.45%) per annum.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUALS

Accounts payable 
Interest payable 
Other payables 

147

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

162 
83 
255 

500 

198
32
239

469

At the end of the reporting period, accounts payable of the Group with carrying amount of HK$162 million (2012: HK$198 
million) were aged less than 90 days.

28. AMOUNTS DUE TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
The amounts due to non-controlling interests are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

29. BORROWINGS
The analysis of the carrying amounts of borrowings is as follows:

Unsecured bank loans 
Floating rate notes 
Fixed rate notes 
Zero coupon notes 

The Group

Current 

Non-current

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

855 
200 
– 
– 

1,055 

699 
– 
– 
– 

699 

1,100 
– 
5,022 
327 

6,449 

1,996
200
2,722
324

5,242

In the current year, the average finance costs (excluding net exchange gains or losses) of the Group’s total borrowings 
calculated based on their contracted interest rates was 3.1% (2012: 3.0%). To manage the interest rate and foreign exchange 
risks, the Group used certain derivatives to hedge part of the borrowings, which resulted in a reduction of the Group’s average 
finance cost to 2.9% (2012: 2.7%). As at 31 December 2013, the floating rate debt ratio relative to gross total debt after 
considering the hedges was 32.0% (2012: 47.0%).

(a)  Unsecured bank loans
The unsecured bank loans of HK$1,955 million (2012: HK$2,695 million) are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the 
Company and are repayable, based on the scheduled repayment dates set out in the respective loan agreement, as follows:

Within 1 year 
More than 1 year, but not exceeding 2 years 
More than 2 years, but not exceeding 5 years 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

855 
850 
250 

1,955 

699
896
1,100

2,695

All the Group’s unsecured bank loans are variable-rate borrowings with effective interest rates (which were also equal to 
contracted interest rates) ranging from 0.69% to 3.52% (2012: 0.70% to 4.04%) per annum at the end of the reporting period. 
Interest rates of the loans are normally re-fixed at every one to three months.

As disclosed in note 23(a) of the Notes to the Financial Statements section, during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 
2012, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges to hedge the foreign exchange and 
interest rate risks of part of the Group’s unsecured bank loans.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
148

29. BORROWINGS continued
(b)  Floating rate notes
In October 2009, HK$200 million five-year floating rate notes were issued by Hysan (MTN) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the Company. The notes are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Company, bear effective interest rates (which are 
equal to contracted interest rates) of 1.36% (2012: 1.38%) per annum at the end of reporting period and are repayable in full in 
2014.

The HK$200 million five-year floating rate notes were not hedged by any derivative in both years.

(c)  Fixed rate notes

Fixed rate notes – principal amount 
Add: Net losses attributable to hedged risks 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

5,005 
17 

5,022 

2,693
29

2,722

Details of the Group’s fixed rate notes at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Principal amount 

HK$300 million 
HK$100 million 
HK$165 million 
HK$400 million 
HK$200 million 
HK$200 million 
HK$150 million 
HK$404 million 
HK$331 million 
HK$300 million 
HK$150 million 
US$300 million 

Contracted
interest rate 
per annum 

5.25% 
5.10% 
5.38% 
3.78% 
4.00% 
3.70% 
3.86% 
4.10% 
4.00% 
3.90% 
4.50% 
3.50% 

Coupon
payment term 

quarterly basis 
annual basis 
annual basis 
quarterly basis 
annual basis 
quarterly basis 
quarterly basis 
annual basis 
quarterly basis 
quarterly basis 
annual basis 
semi-annual basis 

Issue date 

Maturity date

August 2008 
August 2008 
September 2008 
August 2010 
September 2010 
October 2010 
May 2011 
December 2011 
January 2012 
March 2012 
March 2012 
January 2013 

August 2015
August 2015
September 2020
August 2020
September 2025
October 2022
May 2018
December 2023
January 2022
March 2019
March 2027
January 2023

All the fixed rate notes were issued by Hysan (MTN) Limited. The notes are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the 
Company and bear an effective interest rate equal to their respective contracted interest rate.

As detailed in note 23 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section, during the year ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, 
interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps were used to hedge or manage the foreign exchange and interest rate risks of 
the Group’s fixed rate notes.

The net cumulative losses of HK$17 million (2012: HK$29 million) represented the change in fair value attributable to the 
hedged interest rate risk of the HK$300 million (2012: HK$300 million) fixed rate notes under fair value hedge.

(d)  Zero coupon notes

Zero coupon notes 
Add: Loss attributable to hedged risk 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

314 
13 

327 

297
27

324

In February 2005, 15-year zero coupon notes of nominal amount of HK$430 million were issued at an issue price of around 
46.37% of the nominal amount by Hysan (MTN) Limited. The notes are guaranteed as to nominal amount by the Company, bear 
an effective yield (which is equal to contracted yield) at the rate of 5.19% per annum and are repayable at par in February 2020.

Hysan (MTN) Limited has the option to redeem the notes on 7 February 2015 at a price of about 77.4% of the nominal amount.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
149

29. BORROWINGS continued
(d)  Zero coupon notes continued
The Group used an interest rate swap to hedge against the interest rate risk of the zero coupon notes under fair value hedge 
(see note 23(b) for details).

The cumulative losses of HK$13 million (2012: HK$27 million) represented changes in fair value attributable to the hedged 
interest rate risk of the zero coupon notes under fair value hedge.

30. DEFERRED TAXATION
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior 
years:

The Group
At 1 January 2012 
Charge (credit) to profit or loss (note 9) 
Charge to other comprehensive income 

At 31 December 2012 
Charge to profit or loss (note 9) 
Charge to other comprehensive income 

At 31 December 2013 

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
HK$ million 

Revaluation of 
properties 
HK$ million 

Tax
losses 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

327 
135 
– 

462 
56 
– 

518 

54 
– 
7 

61 
– 
4 

65 

(21) 
(68) 
– 

(89) 
65 
– 

(24) 

360
67
7

434
121
4

559

At the end of the reporting period, the Group has unused estimated tax losses of HK$697 million (2012: HK$1,072 million), of 
which HK$290 million (2012: HK$684 million) has not been agreed by the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, available 
for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of HK$147 million (2012: HK$538 million) 
of such losses. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the estimated tax losses of HK$550 million (2012: 
HK$534 million) as the utilisation of these estimated tax losses is uncertain. These estimated tax losses may be carried 
forward indefinitely.

The Company does not have any unused tax loss at the end of the reporting period. For the year ended 31 December 2012, 
deferred tax liability of the Company had been recognised in respect of the accelerated tax depreciation of HK$1 million. At the 
end of the reporting period, the Company has deferred tax liability of HK$1 million (2012: HK$1 million).

31. SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary shares of HK$5 each

Authorised:
  At 1 January and 31 December 

Issued and fully paid:
  At 1 January 
  Issue of shares pursuant to

  scrip dividend schemes (Note a) 

  Issue of shares under share
  option scheme (Note b) 

Number of shares 

2013 

2012 

Share capital
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

1,450,000,000 

1,450,000,000 

1,063,007,056 

1,059,754,415 

– 

2,745,307 

625,987 

507,334 

7,250 

5,315 

– 

3 

7,250

5,299

14

2

At 31 December 

1,063,633,043 

1,063,007,056 

5,318 

5,315

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
150

31. SHARE CAPITAL continued
Notes:

(a)  Issue of shares pursuant to scrip dividend schemes

For the year ended 31 December 2012
On 14 June 2012 and 13 September 2012 respectively, the Company issued and allotted a total of 1,426,624 shares and 1,318,683 shares 
of HK$5 each in the Company at HK$31.78 and HK$33.51 to the shareholders who elected to receive shares in the Company in lieu of cash 
for the 2011 final and 2012 interim dividends pursuant to the scrip dividend schemes announced by the Company on 22 May 2012 and 22 
August 2012. These shares rank pari passu in all respects with other shares in issue.

(b)  Issue of shares under share option schemes

During the year, options to subscribe for shares of the Company for a total of 625,987 shares (2012: 507,334 shares) were exercised at 
various exercise prices. These shares rank pari passu in all respects with other shares in issue. Details of options outstanding and movements 
during the year are set out in note 38 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

32. RESERVES OF THE COMPANY

Share 
premium 
HK$ million 

Share 
options 
reserve 
HK$ million 

Capital
redemption 
reserve 
HK$ million 

General 
reserve 
HK$ million 
(Note)

Retained
profits 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

1,934 

15 

276 

100 

5,480 

7,805

At 1 January 2012 
Issue of shares pursuant to
  scrip dividend schemes 
Issue of shares under
  share option schemes 
Recognition of equity-settled
  share-based payments 
Forfeiture of share options 
Profit for the year 
Dividends paid during the year  (note 14) 

At 31 December 2012 
Issue of shares under
  share option schemes 
Recognition of equity-settled
  share-based payments 
Profit for the year 
Dividends paid during the year (note 14) 

76 

12 

– 
– 
– 
– 

2,022 

16 

– 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2013 

2,038 

Note:

General reserve was set up from the transfer of retained profits.

– 

(4) 

8 
(5) 
– 
– 

14 

(4) 

10 
– 
– 

20 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
5 
835 
(859) 

76

8

8
–
835
(859)

276 

100 

5,461 

7,873

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

12

– 
968 
(1,064) 

10
968
(1,064)

276 

100 

5,365 

7,799

The Company’s reserves available for distribution to its owners as at 31 December 2013 amounted to HK$5,465 million 
(2012: HK$5,561 million), being its general reserve and retained profits at that date.

33. RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLANS
With effect from 1 December 2000, the Group set up an enhanced Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme (the “Enhanced MPF 
Scheme”), a defined contribution scheme, for all qualifying employees. The Enhanced MPF Scheme is registered with the 
Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Authority under Section 124(1) of the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes (General) 
Regulation.

Pursuant to the rules of the Enhanced MPF Scheme, the Group’s contributions to the plan are based on fixed percentages of 
members’ salaries, ranging from 5% of MPF Relevant Income to 15% of basic salary. Members’ mandatory contributions are 
fixed at 5% of MPF Relevant Income, in compliance with MPF legislation.

Total contributions made by the Group during the year amounted to HK$8 million (2012: HK$7 million).

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
151

34. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
At the end of the reporting period, there were contingent liabilities in respect of the following:

Corporate guarantee to note holders
  – for issue of floating rate notes 
  – for issue of fixed rate notes 
  – for issue of zero coupon notes 

Guarantees to banks for providing
  financing facilities to subsidiaries 

The Group 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

200 
5,026 
430 

5,656 

200
2,700
430

3,330

2,000 

2,700

35. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At the end of the reporting period, the Group and the Company had the following capital commitments in respect of its 
investment properties and property, plant and equipment:

Authorised but not contracted for 

Contracted but not provided for 

The Group 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

410 

258 

336 

214 

– 

– 

–

–

36. LEASE COMMITMENTS
At the end of the reporting period, the Group as lessor had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease 
payments:

Within one year 
In the second to fifth year inclusive 
Over five years 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

2,582 
4,988 
1,751 

9,321 

2,260
4,315
1,890

8,465

Operating lease payments represent rentals receivable by the Group from leasing of its investment properties. Typically, leases 
are negotiated and rentals are fixed for lease term of one to three years. Certain leases include contingent rentals calculated 
with reference to turnover of the tenants.

At the end of the reporting period, the Group and the Company as lessee had no commitment under non-cancellable operating 
lease.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
152

37. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES
(a)  Transactions and balances with related parties
The Group has the following transactions with related parties during the year and has the following balances with them at the 
end of the reporting period:

The Group

Gross rental income 
received from 

Amount due to
non-controlling interests

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

Related company controlled by a shareholder (Note a) 

Related companies controlled by Directors (Note b (i) & (ii)) 

Non-controlling shareholder of a subsidiary (Note c (i) & (ii)) 

3 

30 

21 

3 

26 

18 

– 

94 

233 

–

94

233

Notes:

(a)  The sum of transactions represents the aggregate gross rental income received from Atlas Corporate Management Limited, a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Lee Hysan Estate Company, Limited (“LHE”). LHE holds 40.72% (2012: 40.75%) beneficial interest and has significant 
influence over the Company.

(b) 

(i) 

The sum of transactions represents the aggregate gross rental income received from related companies where the directors have 
controlling interests over these related companies.

(ii)  The balance represents outstanding loan advanced to a non wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, Barrowgate Limited (“Barrowgate”) 

by Mightyhall Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jebsen and Company Limited, of which Hans Michael JEBSEN is a director and a 
controlling shareholder, as shareholders’ loan in proportion to its shareholding in Barrowgate for general funding purpose. The amount 
is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

(c) 

(i) 

The transaction represents the gross rental income received from Hang Seng Bank Limited, the intermediate holding company of 
Imenson Limited (“Imenson”). Imenson is a non-controlling shareholder with significant influence over Barrowgate.

(ii)  The balance represents outstanding loan advanced to Barrowgate by Imenson, as shareholders’ loan in proportion to its shareholding 

in Barrowgate for general funding purpose. The amount is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

The Company has the following balances with its subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period:

Amounts due from subsidiaries 
Less: Allowances on amounts due therefrom 

Amounts due to subsidiaries 

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

13,054 
(176) 

12,878 

1,275 

13,029
(248)

12,781

1,337

Details of amounts due from/to subsidiaries are disclosed in note 25 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section.

(b)  Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of key management personnel of the Group and the Company (being Directors and an officer) are as follows.

Directors’ fees, salaries and other short-term employee benefits 
Share-based payments 
Retirement benefits scheme contributions 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

29 
7 
– 

36 

21
4
–

25

The remuneration of the Directors and key executives is determined by the Remuneration Committee and Chief Executive Officer 
respectively having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
153

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS
(a)  Equity-settled share option scheme
The 2005 Share Option Scheme (the “2005 Scheme”)
The Company adopted the 2005 Scheme at its Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) held on 10 May 2005, which has a term of 10 
years and will be expiring on 9 May 2015.

The purpose of the 2005 Scheme is to provide an incentive for employees of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries to 
work with commitment towards enhancing the value of the Company and its shares for the benefit of its shareholders.

Under the 2005 Scheme, options to subscribe for ordinary shares of the Company may be granted to employees of the 
Company or any wholly-owned subsidiaries (including Executive Directors) and such other persons as the Board may consider 
appropriate from time to time, on the basis of their contribution to the development and growth of the Company and its 
subsidiaries.

The maximum number of shares in respect of which options may be granted under the 2005 Scheme and any other share 
option scheme of the Company shall not exceed such number of shares as required under the Listing Rules, currently being 
10% of the shares in issue as at 10 May 2005, the date of the AGM approving the 2005 Scheme (being 104,996,365 shares). 
Under the Listing Rules, a listed issuer may seek approval by its shareholders in general meeting for “refreshing” the 10% limit 
under the scheme. The limit on the number of shares which may be issued upon exercise of all outstanding options granted and 
yet to be exercised under the 2005 Scheme and any other share option scheme of the Company must not exceed 30% of the 
shares in issue from time to time (or such number of shares as required under the Listing Rules). No options may be granted if 
such grant will result in this 30% limit being exceeded.

The maximum entitlement of each participant under the 2005 Scheme must not during any 12-month period exceed such 
number of shares as required under the Listing Rules (which is 1% of the total shares in issue as at the date of shareholder 
approval, being 10,499,636 shares). The exercise price shall be at least the highest of (i) the closing price of the shares as 
stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet on the date of grant; (ii) the average of the closing prices of the shares 
as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheets for the 5 business days immediately preceding the date of grant; and 
(iii) the nominal value of the shares. Consideration on each grant of option is HK$1 and is required to be paid within 30 days 
from the date of grant of option, with full payment for exercise price to be made on exercise of the relevant option.

(b)  Grant and vesting structures
Under the Company’s current policy, grants will be made on a periodic basis. Vesting period is 3 years in equal proportions 
starting from the 1st anniversary and become fully vested on the 3rd anniversary of the grant. Size of grant will be determined 
by reference to base salary multiple and job grades. A clear performance criterion will be a key driver. The Board will review the 
grant and vesting structures from time to time.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW154

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS continued
(c)  Movement of share options
The following table discloses movements of the Company’s share options held by the Directors and eligible employees during 
the current year:

Name 

Date of grant 

Exercise 
price 
HK$ 

Balance 
as at 
1.1.2013 

Exercise  
period 
(Note a) 

Granted 

Exercised 

Cancelled/ 

Balance
as at
lapsed  31.12.2013
(Note b)

Changes during the year

Executive Directors
Irene Yun Lien LEE 

14.5.2012 

33.50 

7.3.2013 

Siu Chuen LAU 

14.5.2012 

7.3.2013 

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

30.3.2007 

39.92 
(Note c) 

33.50 

39.92 
(Note c) 

21.25 

Eligible employees 
  (Note f) 

31.3.2008 

21.96 

11.3.2009 

11.76 

11.3.2010 

22.10 

10.3.2011 

35.71 

9.3.2012 

33.79 

7.3.2013 

31.3.2008 

39.92 
(Note c) 

21.96 

31.3.2009 

13.30 

31.3.2010 

22.45 

31.3.2011 

32.00 

30.3.2012 

31.61 

28.3.2013 

39.20 
(Note k) 

14.5.2013 –  
13.5.2022

7.3.2014 –  
6.3.2023

14.5.2013 –  
13.5.2022 

7.3.2014 –  
6.3.2023

30.3.2008 –  
29.3.2017 

31.3.2009 –  
30.3.2018 

11.3.2010 –  
10.3.2019 

11.3.2011 –  
10.3.2020 

10.3.2012 –  
9.3.2021

9.3.2013 –  
8.3.2022

7.3.2014 –  
6.3.2023

31.3.2009 –  
30.3.2018

31.3.2010 –  
30.3.2019 

31.3.2011 –  
30.3.2020 

31.3.2012 –  
30.3.2021 

30.3.2013 –  
29.3.2022 

28.3.2014 –  
27.3.2023

261,000 

– 

–  265,000 

– 

– 

242,000 

– 

(80,666) 
(Note d)

–  261,000

–  265,000

–  161,334

–  246,000 

– 

–  246,000

95,000 

100,000 

100,000 

185,000 

103,000 

113,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  106,700 

17,000 

170,000 

272,668 

261,000 

372,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(95,000) 
(Note e)

(100,000) 
(Note e)

(100,000) 
(Note e)

(185,000) 
(Note e)

– 

– 

– 

– 

(6,000) 
(Note g)

(21,334) 
(Note h)

(13,659) 
(Note i)

(24,328) 
(Note j)

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–  103,000

–  113,000

–  106,700

– 

17,000

–  164,000

–  251,334

(1,340)  246,001

(11,337)  336,335

–  377,000 

– 

(15,000)  362,000

2,291,668 

994,700 

(625,987) 

(27,677)  2,632,704

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
155

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS continued
(c)  Movement of share options continued

Notes:

(a)  All options granted have a vesting period of 3 years in equal proportions starting from the 1st anniversary and become fully vested on the 

3rd anniversary of the grant. In this table, “exercise period” begins with the 1st anniversary of the grant date.

(b)  The options lapsed during the year upon resignations of certain eligible employees.

(c)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 6 March 2013) was HK$39.55.

(d)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$37.90.

(e)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$39.45.

(f) 

Eligible employees are working under employment contracts that are regarded as “continuous contracts” for the purposes of the 
Employment Ordinance.

(g)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$32.65.

(h)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$37.54.

(i) 

(j) 

The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$38.26.

The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$36.97.

(k)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 27 March 2013) was HK$38.60.

Apart from the above, the Company had not granted any share option under the 2005 Scheme to any other persons as required 
to be disclosed under Rule 17.07 of the Listing Rules.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW156

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS continued
(c)  Movement of share options continued
The following table discloses movements of the Company’s share options held by the Directors and eligible employees in prior 
year:

Name 

Date of grant 

Executive Directors
Irene Yun Lien LEE 

14.5.2012 

Siu Chuen LAU 

14.5.2012 

Gerry Lui Fai YIM 
  (Note d) 

1.12.2009 

Exercise 
price 
HK$ 

33.500 
(Note c) 

33.500 
(Note c) 

22.800 

10.3.2011 

35.710 

9.3.2012 

Wendy Wen Yee YUNG 

30.3.2007 

33.790 
(Note f) 

21.250 

Eligible employees 
  (Note g) 

31.3.2008 

21.960 

11.3.2009 

11.760 

11.3.2010 

22.100 

10.3.2011 

35.710 

9.3.2012 

33.790 
(Note f) 

31.3.2008 

21.960 

2.5.2008 

23.900 

2.10.2008 

20.106 

31.3.2009 

13.300 

31.3.2010 

22.450 

31.3.2011 

32.000 

30.3.2012 

31.610 
(Note n) 

Exercise period 
(Note a) 

14.5.2013 –  
13.5.2022

14.5.2013 –  
13.5.2022

1.12.2010 –  
30.11.2019 

10.3.2012 –  
9.3.2021

9.3.2013 – 
8.3.2022

30.3.2008 –  
29.3.2017

31.3.2009 –  
30.3.2018

11.3.2010 –  
10.3.2019

11.3.2011 –  
10.3.2020

10.3.2012 –  
9.3.2021

9.3.2013 –  
8.3.2022

31.3.2009 –  
30.3.2018  

2.5.2009 –  
1.5.2018 

2.10.2009 –  
1.10.2018 

31.3.2010 –  
30.3.2019 

31.3.2011 –  
30.3.2020 

31.3.2012 –  
30.3.2021 

30.3.2013 –  
29.3.2022 

Changes during the year

Balance 
as at 
1.1.2012 

Granted 

Exercised 

Cancelled/ 

Balance
as at
lapsed  31.12.2012
(Note b)

–  261,000 

–  242,000 

– 

– 

–  261,000

–  242,000

218,000 

217,000 

– 

– 

(145,333) 
(Note e)

(72,667) 

– 

(217,000) 

–  239,000 

– 

(239,000) 

–

–

–

95,000 

100,000 

100,000 

185,000 

103,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  113,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

23,000 

95,000 

85,000 

262,668 

441,001 

370,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(6,000) 
(Note h)

(95,000) 
(Note i)

(85,000) 
(Note j)

(69,668) 
(Note k)

(102,333) 
(Note l)

– 

95,000

–  100,000

–  100,000

–  185,000

–  103,000

–  113,000

– 

– 

– 

17,000

–

–

(23,000)  170,000

(66,000)  272,668

(4,000)  (105,000)  261,000
(Note m)

–  479,000 

– 

(107,000)  372,000

  2,294,669  1,334,000 

(507,334)  (829,667) 2,291,668

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
157

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS continued
(c)  Movement of share options continued

Notes:
(a)  All options granted have a vesting period of 3 years in equal proportions starting from the 1st anniversary and become fully vested on the 

3rd anniversary of the grant. In this table, “exercise period” begins with the 1st anniversary of the grant date.

(b)  The options lapsed during the year upon resignations of a Director and certain eligible employees.
(c)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 11 May 2012) was HK$33.00.
(d)  Gerry Lui Fai YIM resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of the Company as from the conclusion of 2012 AGM held on 

14 May 2012.

(e)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$33.60.
The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 8 March 2012) was HK$33.45.

(f) 
(g)  Eligible employees are working under employment contracts that are regarded as “continuous contracts” for the purposes of the 

Employment Ordinance.

(h)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

(i) 

(j) 

HK$35.35.
The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$32.55.
The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$33.60.

(k)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

(l) 

HK$32.95.
The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 
HK$31.03.

(m)  The weighted average closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date on which the options were exercised was 

HK$34.10.

(n)  The closing price of the shares of the Company immediately before the date of grant (i.e. as of 29 March 2012) was HK$31.10.

Apart from the above, the Company had not granted any share option under the 2005 Scheme to any other persons as required 
to be disclosed under Rule 17.07 of the Listing Rules.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW158

38. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS continued
(d)  Fair values of share options
The Group has applied HKFRS 2 “Share-based Payments” to account for its share options granted after 7 November 2002 and 
vested after 1 January 2005. In accordance with HKFRS 2, fair value of share options granted to employees determined at the 
date of grant is expensed over the vesting period, with a corresponding adjustment to the Group’s share options reserve. In 
the current year, the Group recognised the share option expenses of HK$10 million (2012: HK$8 million) in relation to share 
options granted by the Company, of which HK$6 million (2012: HK$4 million) related to the Directors (see note 12), with a 
corresponding adjustment recognised in the Group’s share options reserve.

The fair values of share options granted by the Company were determined by using Black-Scholes option pricing model 
(the “Model”). The Model is one of the commonly used models to estimate the fair value of an option. The variables and 
assumptions used in computing the fair value of the share options are based on the management’s best estimate. The value 
of an option varies with different variables of a number of subjective assumptions. Any change in the variables so adopted may 
materially affect the estimation of the fair value of an option.

The inputs into the Model were as follows:

Date of grant 

28.3.2013 

7.3.2013 

14.5.2012 

30.3.2012 

9.3.2012

Closing share price at the date of grant 
Exercise price 
Risk free rate (Note a) 
Expected life of option (Note b) 
Expected volatility (Note c) 
Expected dividend per annum (Note d) 
Estimated fair values per share option 

Notes:

HK$39.200  HK$39.850  HK$33.500  HK$31.100  HK$33.050
HK$39.200  HK$39.920  HK$33.500  HK$31.610  HK$33.790
0.535%
5 years
40.197%
HK$0.698
HK$9.740

0.449% 
0.533% 
5 years 
5 years 
40.715% 
41.256% 
HK$0.698 
HK$0.768 
HK$12.051  HK$12.439  HK$10.212 

0.606% 
5 years 
40.389% 
HK$0.698 
HK$9.210 

0.515% 
5 years 
41.272% 
HK$0.768 

(a)  Risk free rate: being the approximate yields of 5-year Exchange Fund Notes traded on the date of grant, matching the expected life of each 

option.

(b)  Expected life of option: being the period of 5 years commencing on the date of grant, based on management’s best estimates for the 

effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioural consideration.

(c)  Expected volatility: being the appropriate historical volatility of closing prices of the shares of the Company in the past 5 years immediately 

before the date of grant.

(d)  Expected dividend per annum: being the approximate average annual cash dividend for the past 5 financial years.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
159

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The Group’s major financial instruments include cash and bank balances, time deposits, principal-protected investments, term 
notes, accounts receivable, other receivables, equity investments, accounts payable, accruals, amounts due to non-controlling 
interests, borrowings and derivative financial instruments. The Company’s major financial instruments include cash and bank 
balances, time deposits, other receivables, amounts due from/to subsidiaries, other payables and accruals. Details of these 
financial instruments are disclosed in respective Notes to the Financial Statements. The risks associated with these financial 
instruments and the policies on how to mitigate these risks are set out below. The management manages and monitors these 
exposures to ensure appropriate measures are implemented on a timely and effective manner.

(a)  Credit risk
The credit risk of the Group or the Company is primarily attributable to rents receivable from tenants, amounts due from 
subsidiaries, principal-protected investments, derivative financial instruments, term notes, time deposits and bank balances. 
The Group’s and the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk which will cause a financial loss to the Group and the 
Company due to failure to discharge an obligation by the counterparties and financial guarantees issued by the Company is 
arising from:

(i) 

(ii) 

the carrying amount of the respective recognised financial assets as stated in the consolidated and Company’s statements 
of financial position; and

the amount of contingent liabilities in relation to financial guarantee issued by the Company as disclosed in note 34 of the 
Notes to the Financial Statements section.

For rents receivable from tenants, credit checks are part of the normal leasing process and stringent monitoring procedures are 
in place to deal with overdue debts. In addition, the Group reviews the recoverable amount of each individual trade debt at the 
end of the reporting period to ensure that adequate impairment losses are made for irrecoverable amounts.

For derivative financial instruments, principal-protected investments, term notes, time deposits and bank balances, the Group 
and the Company only deal with financial institutions and invest in debt securities issued by issuers that have strong credit 
ratings to mitigate counterparty risk. In order to limit exposure to each financial institution and debt securities issuer, an 
exposure limit was set with each counterparty according to their credit rating with regular review by management.

Credit exposure to financial institutions and debt securities issuers are monitored and reported regularly to the management. 
The exposure to each counterparty comprised (i) investment value of financial assets (including time deposits, principal-
protected investments and term notes); (ii) net positive value of derivative financial instruments and; (iii) potential exposures to 
derivatives which are based on the remaining term and the notional amount of the derivative financial instruments. The table 
below provides a high level summary of the Group’s exposure to each counterparty at the end of the reporting period.

Category of counterparty 

Credit rating of AA- or above
  or note issuing banks 
Credit rating BBB- to A+ 

2013 

Number of 
counterparty 

Exposure 
HK$ million 

2012

Number of
counterparty 

Exposure
HK$ million

5 
25 

80 to 781 
1 to 489 

5 
27 

140 to 355
1 to 290

To minimise the credit risk of amounts due from subsidiaries, the management reviews the recoverable amount of each 
individual balance at the end of the reporting period to ensure adequate impairment losses are made for irrecoverable 
amounts. The Group and the Company have no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a number of 
counterparties and tenants.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWFinancial Risk ManagementFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
160

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES continued
(b)  Liquidity risk
The Group and the Company closely monitor their liquidity requirements and the sufficiency of cash and available banking 
facilities so as to ensure that the payment obligations are met.

The following table details the remaining contractual maturity of the Group and the Company for their non-derivative financial 
liabilities based on the agreed repayment terms. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of 
financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group and the Company are required to pay. The table includes 
both interest and principal cash flows. The interest payments are computed using contractual rates or, if floating, based on the 
prevailing market rate at the end of the reporting period. For cash flows denominated in currency other than Hong Kong dollars 
(“HKD”), the prevailing foreign exchange rates at the end of the reporting period are used to convert the cash flows into HKD.

Total 
contractual 
Carrying  undiscounted 
cash flow 
amount 

Within 
1 year or 
on demand 

More than
5 years
HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million

More than 
1 year 
but not 
exceeding 
2 years 

More than
2 years
but not
exceeding 
5 years 

The Group

As at 31 December 2013

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Accounts payable and accruals 
Rental deposits from tenants 
Amounts due to non-controlling interests 
Unsecured bank loans (Note) 
Floating rate notes (Note) 
Fixed rate notes (Note) 
Zero coupon notes (Note) 

As at 31 December 2012

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Accounts payable and accruals 
Rental deposits from tenants 
Amounts due to non-controlling interests 
Unsecured bank loans (Note) 
Floating rate notes (Note) 
Fixed rate notes (Note) 
Zero coupon notes (Note) 

(500) 
(800) 
(327) 
(1,955) 
(200) 
(5,022) 
(327) 

(500) 
(800) 
(327) 
(2,002) 
(203) 
(6,621) 
(430) 

(500) 
(190) 
(327) 
(877) 
(203) 
(195) 
– 

– 
(278) 
– 
(870) 
– 
(592) 
– 

– 
(320) 
– 
(255) 
– 
(672) 
– 

–
(12)
–
–
–
(5,162)
(430)

(9,131) 

(10,883) 

(2,292) 

(1,740) 

(1,247) 

(5,604)

(469) 
(698) 
(327) 
(2,695) 
(200) 
(2,722) 
(324) 

(469) 
(698) 
(327) 
(2,766) 
(206) 
(3,636) 
(430) 

(469) 
(190) 
(327) 
(735) 
(3) 
(114) 
– 

– 
(184) 
– 
(919) 
(203) 
(114) 
– 

– 
(306) 
– 
(1,112) 
– 
(698) 
– 

– 
(18) 
–
–
–
(2,710)
(430)

(7,435) 

(8,532) 

(1,838) 

(1,420) 

(2,116) 

(3,158)

Financial Risk Management continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
161

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES continued
(b)  Liquidity risk continued

Total 
contractual 
Carrying  undiscounted 
cash flow 
amount 

Within 
1 year or 
on demand 

More than
5 years
HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million

More than 
1 year 
but not 
exceeding 
2 years 

More than
2 years
but not
exceeding 
5 years 

The Company

As at 31 December 2013

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Other payable and accruals 
Amounts due to subsidiaries 

As at 31 December 2012

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Other payable and accruals 
Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Note:

(44) 
(1,275) 

(44) 
(1,275) 

(44) 
(1,275) 

(1,319) 

(1,319) 

(1,319) 

(35) 
(1,337) 

(35) 
(1,337) 

(35) 
(1,337) 

(1,372) 

(1,372) 

(1,372) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

–  

–
–

–

–
–

–

These amounts also represent the maximum amounts the Company could be required to settle under the arrangement for the full guaranteed 
amounts if these amounts are claimed by the counterparties to the guarantee. Based on expectations at the end of the reporting period, the 
Company considers that it is not likely that amount will be payable under the arrangement.

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its derivative financial instruments. The table has been 
drawn up based on the undiscounted net cash inflows (outflows) on the derivative financial instruments that settle on a net 
basis and undiscounted gross inflows (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable 
or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by the prevailing market rate at the end of the reporting 
period. For cash flows denominated in currency other than HKD, the prevailing foreign exchange rates at the end of the reporting 
period are used to convert the cash flows into HKD.

Total 
contractual 
Carrying  undiscounted 
cash flow 
amount 

Within 
1 year or 
on demand 

More than
5 years
HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million

More than 
1 year 
but not 
exceeding 
2 years 

More than
2 years
but not
exceeding 
5 years 

The Group

As at 31 December 2013

Derivative settled net

Interest rate swaps 

Derivative settled gross
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
  Outflow 
  Inflow 

Cross currency swaps 
  Outflow 
  Inflow 

21 

105 

14 

20 

45 

26

–

(113)

(283) 
283 

(3,415) 
3,361 

(194) 
194 

(388) 
343 

– 
– 

(89) 
89 

–
–

(85) 
81 

(255) 
244 

(2,687)
2,693

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
162

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES continued
(b)  Liquidity risk continued

Total 
contractual 
Carrying  undiscounted 
cash flow 
amount 

Within 
1 year or 
on demand 

More than
5 years
HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million  HK$ million

More than 
1 year 
but not 
exceeding 
2 years 

More than
2 years
but not
exceeding 
5 years 

As at 31 December 2012

Derivative settled net
Interest rate swaps 

Derivative settled gross
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
  Outflow 
  Inflow 

Cross currency swaps 
  Outflow 
  Inflow 

30 

111 

6 

14 

49 

42

2

(5)

(287) 
289 

(508) 
517 

(209) 
212 

(205) 
212 

(78) 
77 

(303) 
305 

– 
– 

– 
– 

–
–

–
–

At the end of the reporting period, the Company has no derivative financial instruments.

(c)  Interest rate risk
The Group manages its interest rate exposure by assessing the potential impact on the Group’s financial position arising from 
any interest rate movements based on interest rate level and outlook. The management will review the proportion of borrowings 
in fixed rates and floating rates and ensure that they are within an appropriate range. Accordingly, the Group used (i) interest 
rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk of the Group’s floating rate bank loans; and (ii) interest rate swaps to hedge the 
interest rate risk of certain amounts of the Group’s fixed rate notes. The Group reviews the continuing effectiveness of hedging 
instruments at least at the end of the reporting period and until the hedging instrument expires or is terminated or the hedge 
no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting. The Group mainly used comparison of change in fair value of the hedging 
instruments and the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk for assessing the hedging effectiveness.

As at 31 December 2013, about 32.0% (2012: 47.0%) of the Group’s gross debts was effectively on a floating rate basis. 
The ratio could be adjusted according to views about changes in the interest rate trend going forward. In addition, the Group is 
exposed to (i) cash flow interest rate risk as the interest income derived from time deposits and bank balances is subject to 
interest rate changes; and (ii) fair value interest rate risk in relation to its fixed-rate debt securities. Other than the concentration 
of interest rate risk related to the movements in Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate, the Group has no significant concentration 
of interest rate risk.

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined assuming that the change in interest rates had occurred at the end of the 
reporting period and all other variables were held constant. Such change has been applied to both derivative and non-derivative 
financial instruments that would have affected the profit or loss and equity. A change of +100 and -25 basis points (“bps”) 
(2012: +100 and -25 bps) was applied to the HKD and US dollars (“USD”) yield curves at the end of the reporting period. For 
the Australian dollars (“AUD”) yield curve, a change of +100 and -100 bps (2012: +100 and -100 bps) was applied. The applied 
change of bps represented management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates based on the 
current market conditions.

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the interest rate risk as the year end exposure does 
not reflect the exposure during the year.

Financial Risk Management continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
163

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES continued
(c)  Interest rate risk continued

As at 31 December 2013 

As at 31 December 2012 

The Group

Increase (decrease) in 
profit or loss 

bps 
increase 
HK$ million 

bps 
decrease 
HK$ million 

Increase (decrease) in
equity

bps 
increase 
HK$ million 

bps
decrease
HK$ million

18 

(2) 

(5) 

– 

8 

8 

(2)

(2)

(d)  Currency risk
The Group aims to minimise its currency risk and does not speculate in currency movements. The majority of the Group’s 
assets are located and all rental income are derived in Hong Kong, and denominated in HKD. At the end of the reporting period, 
the Group has the following monetary assets and monetary liabilities denominated in AUD, Renminbi (“RMB”) and USD.

2013 

2012

The Group

AUD million  RMB million 

Total 
equivalent 
to 
US$ million  HK$ million 

AUD million  RMB million 

Total
equivalent
to
US$ million  HK$ million

Assets
Cash 
Time deposits 
Principal-protected
  investments 
Term notes 

Liabilities
Unsecured bank loans 
Fixed rate notes 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

37 
– 

37 

2 
259 

– 
61 

322 

– 
– 

– 

– 
4 

10 
95 

2 
361 

78 
815 

109 

1,256 

– 
300 

300 

255 
2,312 

2,567 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

37 
– 

37 

1 
30 

– 
133 

164 

– 
– 

– 

– 
10 

32 
37 

79 

26 
– 

26 

1
115

247
449

812

495
–

495

At the end of the reporting period, all of the Company’s assets and liabilities were denominated in HKD.

Other than concentration of currency risk of the above items denominated in AUD, RMB and USD, the Group and the Company 
have no other significant currency risk.

The Group has entered into appropriate hedging instruments, mentioned in note 23 of the Notes to the Financial Statements 
section, to hedge against part of the potential currency risk of the above items. The Group reviews the continuing effectiveness 
of hedging instruments at least at the end of the reporting period and until the hedging instrument expires or is terminated or 
the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting.

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined assuming that a change in exchange rate had occurred at the end of the 
reporting period and all other variable were held constant. Such change has been applied to both derivative and non-derivative 
financial instruments that would have affected the profit or loss and equity. A change of 500 percentage in points (“pips”) 
(2012: 500 pips) was applied to the HKD:RMB and HKD:USD spot and forward rates while a change of 10,000 pips (2012: 
10,000 pips) was applied to the HKD:AUD spot and forward rates at the end of the reporting period.

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the currency risk as the year end exposure does not 
reflect the exposure during the year.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
164

1.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES continued
(d)  Currency risk continued

As at 31 December 2013

  – AUD 
  – RMB 
  – USD 

As at 31 December 2012
  – AUD 
  – RMB 
  – USD 

2.  CATEGORIES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)
  – financial assets measured at FVTPL 

Derivative instruments under hedge accounting 

Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) 

Amortised cost (including cash and cash equivalents) 

Financial liabilities

Derivative instruments under hedge accounting 

Amortised cost 

The Group

Increase (decrease) in 
profit or loss 

pips 
increase 
HK$ million 

pips 
decrease 
HK$ million 

Increase (decrease) in
equity

pips 
increase 
HK$ million 

pips
decrease
HK$ million

– 
16 
5 

– 
8 
– 

– 
(16) 
(5) 

– 
(8) 
(2) 

– 
– 
(1) 

– 
– 
1 

–
–
1

–
–
(1)

The Group 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

The Company
2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

160 

30 

1 

5,420 

5,611 

122 

8,331 

8,453 

382 

55 

1 

3,266 

3,704 

30 

6,737 

6,767 

2 

– 

– 

2

–

–

12,948 

12,950 

12,930

12,932

– 

1,319 

1,319 

–

1,372

1,372

3.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO ENFORCEABLE MASTER 

NETTING ARRANGEMENTS OR SIMILAR AGREEMENTS

The Group has entered certain derivative transactions that are covered by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association 
Master Agreements (“ISDA Agreements”) signed with various banks. These derivative instruments are not offset in the 
consolidated statement of financial position as the ISDA Agreements are in place with a right of set off only in the event of 
default, insolvency or bankruptcy so that the Group currently has no legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts. 
Other than derivatives transactions mentioned above, the Group has no other financial assets and financial liabilities which are 
offset in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial statements or are subject to similar netting arrangements.

Financial Risk Management continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
165

3.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO ENFORCEABLE MASTER 

NETTING ARRANGEMENTS OR SIMILAR AGREEMENTS continued

(a)  Financial assets subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements

As at 31 December 2013

Derivatives under hedge accounting 

As at 31 December 2012
Derivatives under hedge accounting 
Other derivatives classified as held for trading 

Total 

The Group

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
liabilities set off in 
 the consolidated 
 statement of 
 financial position 
HK$ million 

Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position
HK$ million

Gross amounts of 
recognised 
 financial assets 
HK$ million 

30 

55 
2 

57 

– 

– 
– 

– 

30

55
2

57

(b)  Net financial assets subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, by counterparty

As at 31 December 2013

Counterparty A 
Counterparty B 

Total 

As at 31 December 2012
Counterparty A 
Counterparty B 
Counterparty C 

Total 

Net amounts of 
financial assets 
presented in the 
consolidated 
statement of 
financial position 
HK$ million 

The Group

Financial liabilities
not set off in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position 
HK$ million 

17 
13 

30 

29 
26 
2 

57 

(17) 
– 

(17) 

(10) 
– 
– 

(10) 

Net amount
HK$ million

–
13

13

19
26
2

47

(c)  Financial liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements

As at 31 December 2013

Derivatives under hedge accounting 

As at 31 December 2012
Derivatives under hedge accounting 

The Group

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
assets set off in 
the consolidated 
statement of 
financial position 
HK$ million 

– 

– 

Net amounts of
financial liabilities
presented in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position
HK$ million

(122)

(30)

Gross amounts of 
recognised 
 financial liabilities 
HK$ million 

(122) 

(30) 

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
166

3.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO ENFORCEABLE MASTER 

NETTING ARRANGEMENTS OR SIMILAR AGREEMENTS continued

(d)  Net financial liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, by counterparty

As at 31 December 2013

Counterparty A 
Counterparty D 
Counterparty E 
Counterparty F 

Total 

As at 31 December 2012
Counterparty A 
Counterparty D 
Counterparty E 
Counterparty F 
Counterparty G 

Total 

Net amounts of 
financial liabilities 
presented in the 
consolidated 
statement of  
financial position 
HK$ million 

The Group

Financial assets
not set off in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position 
HK$ million 

(71) 
(3) 
(3) 
(45) 

(122) 

(10) 
(7) 
(8) 
(3) 
(2) 

(30) 

17 
– 
– 
– 

17 

10 
– 
– 
– 
– 

10 

Net amount
HK$ million

(54)
(3)
(3)
(45)

(105)

–
(7)
(8)
(3)
(2)

(20)

4.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
(a)  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis (but fair 

value disclosures are required)

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are determined in accordance with 
generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow methodology taking into account the market interest rate and 
credit risk of the counterparties and of the Group as appropriate.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost in 
the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values, except for the carrying amount of HK$5,022 million (31 
December 2012: HK$2,722 million) fixed rate notes as stated in note 29 of the Notes to the Financial Statements section with 
fair value of HK$4,890 million (31 December 2012: HK$3,112 million).

The fair value of HK$2,155 million of the fixed rate notes is categorised into Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, in which the fair 
value was derived from quoted prices in an active market translated at the spot foreign exchange rate of the respective currency 
at year end.

The fair value of HK$2,735 million of the fixed rate notes is categorised into Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, in which the 
fair value was measured using discounted cash flow methodology based on observable yield curves of the respective currency 
taking into account the credit margin of the Group as appropriate.

Financial Risk Management continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
167

4.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT continued
(b)  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, grouped 
into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable.

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active market for identical assets 
and liabilities.

Level 2: fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included with Level 1 that are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability 
that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Level 1 
HK$ million 

Level 2 
HK$ million 

Level 3 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

2013

Financial assets

Derivatives under hedge accounting
Interest rate swaps 

Financial assets at FVTPL
Principal-protected investments 
Unlisted club debentures 

Financial assets at FVTOCI
Unlisted equity securities 

Total 

Financial liabilities

Derivatives under hedge accounting
Cross currency swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

Total 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

30 

158 
2 

– 

190 

113 
9 

122 

– 

– 
– 

1 

1 

– 
– 

– 

30

158
2

1

191

113
9

122

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
168

4.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT continued
(b)  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis continued

Level 1 
HK$ million 

Level 2 
HK$ million 

Level 3 
HK$ million 

Total
HK$ million

2012

Financial assets

Derivatives under hedge accounting
Interest rate swaps 

Financial assets at FVTPL
Principal-protected investments 
Unlisted club debentures 
Forward foreign exchange contracts 

Financial assets at FVTOCI
Unlisted equity securities 

Total 

Financial liabilities

Derivatives under hedge accounting
Cross currency swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

Total 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

55 

378 
2 
2 

– 

437 

5 
25 

30 

– 

– 
– 
– 

1 

1 

– 
– 

– 

55

378
2
2

1

438

5
25

30

There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 for both years.

(c)  Valuation techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements categorised within Level 2
• 

Interest rate swaps are measured using discounted cash flow methodology based on observable yield curves of the 
respective currencies taking into account the credit risk of the counterparties and of the Group as appropriate.

• 

• 

Forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency swaps are measured using discounted cash flow methodology 
based on observable spot and forward exchange rates as well as the yield curves of the respective currencies taking into 
account the credit risk of the counterparties and of the Group as appropriate.

Principal-protected investments are measured using discounted cash flow methodology based on the observable yield 
curves of the respective currencies, as well as variable returns linked to certain forward exchange rates, forward prices of 
certain commodities and relevant indices with foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodities prices as underlying 
and taking into account the credit risk of the counterparties.

Financial Risk Management continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2013 
 
 
169

5.  CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return 
to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from 
prior year.

The Group monitors its capital structure on the basis of a net debt to equity ratio. For this purpose, the Group defines net debt 
as borrowings as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position less time deposits, cash and bank balances.

The management reviews the Group’s net debt to equity ratio regularly and adjusts the ratio through the payment of dividends, 
the issue of new share or debt, the repurchase of shares and the redemption of existing debt.

The net debt to equity ratio at the year end was as follows:

Unsecured bank loans 
Floating rate notes 
Fixed rate notes 
Zero coupon notes 

Borrowings 
Less: Time deposits 

  Cash and bank balances 

Net debt 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Net debt to equity 

The Group

2013 
HK$ million 

2012
HK$ million

1,955 
200 
5,022 
327 

7,504 
(4,042) 
(81) 

3,381 

63,326 

5.3% 

2,695
200
2,722
324

5,941
(2,158)
(153)

3,630

58,123

6.2%

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
170

For the year ended 31 December 

Results
Turnover 
Property expenses 

Gross profit 
Investment income 
Other gains and losses 
Administrative expenses 
Finance costs 
Change in fair value of investment properties 
Share of results of associates 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit for the year 
Non-controlling interests 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company 

Underlying profit for the year 

Recurring underlying profit for the year 

Dividends
  Dividends paid 
  Dividends proposed 
  Dividends per share (HK cents) 

Earnings per share (HK$), based on:
  Profit for the year
  – basic 
  – diluted 
  Underlying profit for the year – basic 
  Recurring underlying profit for the year – basic 

Performance indicators
Net debt to equity 
Net interest coverage (times) 
Net asset value per share (HK$) 
Net debt per share (HK$) 
Year end share price (HK$) 

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

2011 
HK$ million 
(Note b) 

2010 
HK$ million 
(Note b) 

As restated
2009
HK$ million
(Notes a & b)

3,063 
(405) 

2,658 
76 
1 
(208) 
(242) 
4,575 
309 

7,169 
(372) 

6,797 
(639) 

6,158 

2,043 

2,043 

1,064 
1,010 
117.00 

5.79 
5.79 
1.92 
1.92 

5.3% 
15.4x 
59.54 
3.18 
33.40 

2,486 
(423) 

2,063 
55 
18 
(187) 
(156) 
8,533 
334 

10,660 
(289) 

10,371 
(416) 

9,955 

1,622 

1,622 

859 
829 
95.00 

9.38 
9.38 
1.53 
1.53 

6.2% 
16.8x 
54.68 
3.41 
37.25 

1,922 
(262) 

1,660 
90 
(34) 
(173) 
(122) 
7,532 
254 

9,207 
(217) 

8,990 
(445) 

8,545 

1,310 

1,310 

791 
678 
79.00 

8.08 
8.08 
1.24 
1.24 

7.6% 
12.3x 
46.00 
3.49 
25.50 

1,764 
(250) 

1,514 
49 
(42) 
(140) 
(117) 
2,594 
394 

4,252 
(201) 

4,051 
(207) 

3,844 

1,148 

1,148 

714 
632 
74.00 

3.65 
3.65 
1.09 
1.09 

6.4% 
14.0x 
38.61 
2.46 
36.60 

1,680
(235)

1,445
38
(3)
(133)
(131)
1,249
768

3,233
(189)

3,044
(130)

2,914

1,113

1,110

709
567
68.00

2.79
2.79
1.06
1.06

5.1%
11.7x
35.42
1.82
22.05

Five-Year Financial Summary 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
171

At 31 December

Assets and liabilities
Investment properties 
Interests in associates 
Equity investments 
Available-for-sale investments 
Tax recoverable 
Time deposits, cash and bank balances 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Borrowings 
Taxation 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 
Non-controlling interests 

Shareholders’ funds 

Notes:

2013 
HK$ million 

2012 
HK$ million 

2011 
HK$ million 
(Note b) 

2010 
HK$ million 
(Note b) 

65,322 
4,181 
1 
– 
– 
4,123 
2,467 

60,022 
3,759 
1 
– 
2 
2,311 
2,328 

49,969 
3,423 
989 
– 
– 
2,961 
2,026 

40,833 
3,153 
– 
1,152 
– 
1,993 
1,423 

As restated
2009
HK$ million
(Notes a & b)

37,363
2,886
–
1,002
–
1,984
807

76,094 

68,423 

59,368 

48,554 

44,042

(7,504) 
(660) 
(1,749) 

(5,941) 
(511) 
(1,524) 

(6,663) 
(433) 
(1,528) 

(4,587) 
(387) 
(1,263) 

(3,891)
(342)
(1,077)

(9,913) 

(7,976) 

(8,624) 

(6,237) 

(5,310)

66,181 
(2,855) 

60,447 
(2,324) 

50,744 
(1,991) 

42,317 
(1,640) 

38,732
(1,516)

63,326 

58,123 

48,753 

40,677 

37,216

(a)  The figures for the year 2009 have been restated to reflect the prior year adjustments arising from (i) reclassification of leasehold land that 
qualifies for finance lease from prepaid lease payments to property, plant and equipment in accordance with the amendments to HKAS 17 
“Leases”; and (ii) recognition of deferred taxation in respect of revalued investment properties that have been presumed to be recovered 
through sale in accordance with the amendments to HKAS 12 “Income Taxes”.

(b)  Other than the changes in classification of certain financial assets, the early adoption of HKFRS 9 on 1 January 2011 had no material 

financial impact on the amounts recognised on the financial statements of the Group for each of the 3 years ended 31 December 2010.

Definitions:

(1)  Underlying profit for the year: profit adjusted for group’s share of unrealised fair value changes on investment properties

(2)  Recurring underlying profit for the year: underlying profit adjusted for items that are non-recurring in nature (such as gains or losses on 

disposal of long-term assets; impairment or its reversal; and tax provision for prior years)

(3)  Net debt to equity: borrowings less short-term investments, time deposits, cash and bank balances divided by shareholders’ funds

(4)  Net interest coverage: gross profit less administrative expenses before depreciation divided by net interest expenses

(5)  Net asset value per share: shareholders’ funds divided by number of issued shares at year end

(6)  Net debt per share: borrowings less short-term investments, time deposits, cash and bank balances divided by number of issued shares 

at year end

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
172

To the Board of Directors
Hysan Development Company Limited

Dear Sirs,

Annual Revaluation of Investment Properties as at 31 December 2013

In accordance with your appointment of Knight Frank Petty Limited to value the investment properties in Hong Kong owned by 
Hysan Development Company Limited and its subsidiaries, we are pleased to advise that the market value of the investment 
properties as at 31 December 2013 was in the approximate sum of Hong Kong Dollars Sixty Five Billion Three hundred and 
Twenty Two Million Only (i.e. HK$65,322 million).

The investment properties have been valued individually, on market value basis, on the basis of capitalisation of the net 
income with due allowance for the reversionary income potential, without allowances for any expenses or taxation which may be 
incurred in effecting a sale and cross reference by sales comparables, where appropriate.

Yours faithfully,
Knight Frank Petty Limited

Hong Kong, 10 February 2014

Report of the Valuer173

Use 

Category 
of the Lease 

Percentage
held by
the Group

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

Residential 

Medium term 
lease

100%

Commercial 

Long lease 

65.36%

INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

Address 

Lot No. 

1.  The Lee Gardens 
33 Hysan Avenue 
Causeway Bay 
Hong Kong 

Sec. DD of I.L. 29, Sec. L of I.L. 457, 
Sec. MM of I.L. 29,
the R.P. of Sec. L of I.L. 29,
and the R.P. of I.L. 457

2.  Bamboo Grove 

I.L. 8624 

74-86 Kennedy Road  
Mid-Levels
Hong Kong

3.  Lee Gardens Two 
28 Yun Ping Road 
Causeway Bay 
Hong Kong 

4.  Leighton Centre 
77 Leighton Road
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

5.  Lee Theatre Plaza 
99 Percival Street
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

6.  10 Hysan Avenue* 
Causeway Bay 
Hong Kong 

7.  8 Hoi Ping Road* 
Causeway Bay 
Hong Kong 

8.  One Hysan Avenue 
1 Hysan Avenue
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

9.  18 Hysan Avenue 
18 Hysan Avenue
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

Sec. G of I.L. 29, 
Sec. A, O, F and H of I.L. 457,
the R.P. of Sec. C, D, E and G of I.L. 457,
Subsec. 1 of Sec. C, D, E and G of I.L. 457, 
Subsec. 2 of Sec. E of I.L. 457 and
Subsec. 1, 2, 3 and
the R.P. of Sec. C of I.L. 461

Sec. B, C and the R.P. of I.L. 1451 

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

I.L. 1452, the R.P. of I.L. 472 and 476 

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

The R.P. of Subsec. 1 of Sec. J of I.L. 29, 
Subsec. 2 of Sec. J of I.L. 29
and the R.P. of Sec. J of I.L. 29

The R.P. of Subsec. 1 of Sec. J of I.L. 29, 
Subsec. 2 of Sec. J of I.L. 29
and the R.P. of Sec. J of I.L. 29

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

The R.P. of Sec. GG of I.L. 29 

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

Sec. N of I.L. 457 and Sec. LL of I.L. 29 

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWSchedule of Principal PropertiesAt 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
174

INVESTMENT PROPERTIES continued

Address 

Lot No. 

Use 

Category 
of the Lease 

Percentage
held by
the Group

10.  111 Leighton Road 
111 Leighton Road
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

11.  Hysan Place 

500 Hennessy Road 
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong

Sec. KK of I.L. 29  

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

Sec. FF of I.L. 29 and 
the R.P. of Marine Lot 365

Commercial 

Long lease 

100%

* 

The properties are currently under redevelopment. Demolition work on the existing buildings which commenced in October 2013 are 
currently underway. The combined redevelopment site has an overall registered site area of approximately 31,000 square feet. The new 
development has a projected gross floor area of approximately 467,000 square feet and is targeted for completion around 2018.

Schedule of Principal Properties continuedAt 31 December 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
175

SHARE CAPITAL
At 31 December 2013

Authorised share capital 
Issued and fully paid-up capital 

Number of
Ordinary Shares 

HK$ 

Nominal Value
HK$

7,250,000,000  1,450,000,000 
5,318,165,215  1,063,633,043 

5
5

There was one class of ordinary shares of HK$5 each with equal voting rights.

DISTRIBUTION OF SHAREHOLDINGS
(At 31 December 2013, as per register of members of the Company)

Size of registered 
shareholdings 

5,000 or below 
5,001 – 50,000 
50,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 500,000 
500,001 – 1,000,000 
Above 1,000,000 

Total 

Number of 
 shareholders 

% of  
shareholders 

Number of 
ordinary shares 

% of the issued 
share capital
(Note)

2,407 
889 
83 
60 
4 
17 

3,460 

4,169,745 
69.57 
13,985,535 
25.69 
6,299,798 
2.40 
12,056,842 
1.73 
0.12 
2,368,031 
0.49  1,024,753,092 

0.39
1.32
0.59
1.13
0.22
96.35

100.00 

1,063,633,043 

100.00

TYPES OF SHAREHOLDERS
(At 31 December 2013, as per register of members of the Company)

Type of shareholders 

Lee Hysan Company Limited, Lee Hysan Estate Company, Limited and their subsidiaries 
Other corporate shareholders 
Individual shareholders 

Total 

LOCATION OF SHAREHOLDERS
(At 31 December 2013, as per register of members of the Company)

Location of shareholders 

Hong Kong 
United States and Canada 
United Kingdom 
Others 

Total 

Note:

Number of 
ordinary shares held 

% of the issued
 share capital
(Note)

433,130,735 
589,413,095 
41,089,213 

1,063,633,043 

40.72
55.42
3.86

100.00

Number of 
ordinary shares held 

% of the issued
 share capital
(Note)

1,057,617,855 
4,543,424 
1,233,167 
238,597 

1,063,633,043 

99.43
0.43
0.12
0.02

100.00

The percentages have been compiled based on the total number of shares of the Company in issue as at 31 December 2013

(i.e. 1,063,633,043 ordinary shares).

STRATEGY IN ACTIONCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND VALUATIONHysan Annual Report 2013OVERVIEWShareholding Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
176

FINANCIAL CALENDAR
Full year results announced 

Ex-dividend date for second interim dividend 

Closure of register of members and record date for second interim dividend 

Dispatch of second interim dividend warrants 

Closure of register of members for Annual General Meeting 

Annual General Meeting 

2014 interim results to be announced 

* subject to change

DIVIDEND
The Board declares the payment of a second interim dividend 
of HK95 cents per share. The second interim dividend will be 
payable in cash to shareholders on the register of members 
as at Monday, 24 March 2014.

The register of members will be closed on Monday, 
24 March 2014, for the purpose of determining 
shareholders’ entitlement to the second interim dividend, 
during which period no transfer of shares will be registered. 
In order to qualify for the second interim dividend, all transfer 
documents accompanied by the relevant share certificates 
must be lodged with the Company’s Registrar not later than 
4:00 p.m. on Friday, 21 March 2014.

Dividend warrants will be dispatched to shareholders on or 
about Thursday, 3 April 2014.

The register of members will also be closed from Monday,  
12 May 2014 to Tuesday, 13 May 2014, both dates 
inclusive, for the purpose of determining shareholders’ 
entitlement to attend and vote at the Annual General Meeting 
to be held on 13 May 2014, during which period no transfer 
of shares will be registered. In order to qualify for attending 
and voting at the Annual General Meeting, all transfer 
documents accompanied by the relevant share certificates 
must be lodged with the Company’s Registrar not later than 
4:00 p.m. on Friday, 9 May 2014.

SHARE LISTING
Hysan’s shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong 
Kong Limited. It has a sponsored American Depositary 
Receipts (ADR) Programme in the New York market.

STOCK CODE
The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited: 00014
Bloomberg: 14HK
Reuters: 0014.HK
Ticket Symbol for ADR Code: HYSNY
CUSIP reference number: 449162304

7 March 2014

20 March 2014

24 March 2014

(on or about) 3 April 2014

12 to 13 May 2014

13 May 2014

8 August 2014*

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
For enquiries about share transfer and registration, please 
contact the Company’s Registrar, Tricor Standard Limited 
(the following new address effective 31 March 2014).

Tricor Standard Limited
Level 22, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East
Wanchai, Hong Kong
Telephone: (852) 2980 1768
Facsimile: (852) 2861 1465

Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares should notify the 
Registrar promptly of any change of their address.

The Annual Report is printed in English and Chinese language 
and is available on our website at www.hysan.com.hk. 
Shareholders may at any time choose to receive the Annual 
Report in printed form in either the English or Chinese 
language or both or by electronic means. Shareholders who 
have chosen to receive the Annual Report using electronic 
means and who for any reason have difficulty in receiving 
or gaining access to the Annual Report will promptly upon 
request be sent a printed copy free of charge.

Shareholders may at any time change their choice of the 
language or means of receipt of the Annual Report by notice 
in writing to the Company’s Registrar at the address above. 
The Change Request Form may be downloaded from the 
Company’s website at www.hysan.com.hk.

INVESTOR RELATIONS
For enquiries relating to investor relations, please email to 
investor@hysan.com.hk or write to the Company at:

Investor Relations
Hysan Development Company Limited
49/F. (Reception: 50/F.), The Lee Gardens
33 Hysan Avenue
Hong Kong
Telephone: (852) 2895 5777
Facsimile: (852) 2577 5153

OUR WEBSITE
Press releases and other information of the Group can be 
found at our internet website: www.hysan.com.hk.

k
h
.
m
o
c
.
t
a
m
r
o
f
.

w
w
w

D
E
T
I
M
I
L

T
A
M
R
O
F

:

I

N
G
S
E
D

D
E
T
I
M
I
L

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

T
N
E
M
P
O
L
E
V
E
D
N
A
S
Y
H
D
N
A
N
A
M
H
C
N
U
P

L
E
A
H
C
M

I

:
Y
H
P
A
R
G
O
T
O
H
P

Shareholder Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hysan Development Company Limited
49/F The Lee Gardens, 33 Hysan Avenue, Hong Kong
T 852 2895 5777     F 852 2577 5153
www.hysan.com.hk